MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document....

248
MARKING SCHEME CLASS XII COMMERCE SUBJECTS CENTRAL BOARD OF SECONDARY EDUCATION DELHI 2006

Transcript of MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document....

Page 1: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

MARKING SCHEME

CLASS XII

COMMERCE SUBJECTS

CENTRAL BOARD OF SECONDARY EDUCATIONDELHI

2006

Page 2: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

MARKING SCHEME

2006

CLASS XII

COMMERCE SUBJECTS

CENTRAL BOARD OF SECONDARY EDUCATIONDELHI

Page 3: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

(iii)

CBSE, Delhi-110092

Sept., 2006 : 250 Copies

Price : Rs. 100

Manuscript as such highlights the main value points and does not represent a complete idealanswer. Manuscript may vary from time to time and year to year.

Published by Shri Vineet Joshi, Secretary, C.B.S.E. 'Shiksha Kendra', 2, Community Centre,Preet Vihar, Delhi - 110092. Laser typesetting and Printed by Akashdeep Printers, Daryaganj,New Delhi-110002

Page 4: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

(iv)

PREFACE

CBSE as a pace setting national Board has constantly been striving to design its evaluation

process in a manner that it is used as a powerful means of influencing the quality of teaching

and learning in the classroom situation. Also, it has to be so designed that it provides constant

feedback regarding the effectiveness of the course content, classroom processes and the growth

of individual learners besides the appropriateness of evaluation procedures.

As a move in this direction, CBSE started the practice of publishing the Marking Schemes

with twin objectives in mind-(i) making the system more transparent and at the same time, (ii)

ensuring high degree of reliability in scoring procedure.

Who are the makers of answer scripts? How do they mark the answer scripts? How can

it be ensured that marking is fair, objective and reliable? Questions of these types naturally arise

in the minds of candidates appearing in the public examination. These questions are equally

pertinent to the teachers who are not adequately exposed to the CBSE system of marking.

Answer Scripts marking is a specialised job. It is assigned to teachers-PGTs for Class XII

and TGTs for Class X who are in direct touch with the subject and have a minimum of 3 years

experience of teaching the subject at that level. Appointment of examiners is made in accordance

with the well-defined norms. Markers examine scripts with the help of datailed guidelines called

the 'Marking Schemes'.

It is this tool (Marking Scheme) alongwith the extensive supervisory checks and counter-

checks through which CBSE tries to ensure objective and fair marking. The present publication

is being brought out with a view to serving the following objectives :

(i) To give an opportunity to the teachers and students to look into the Marking Schemes

that were developed by the Board and supplied to the evaluators in 2006 main

examination in some selected main subjects.

(ii) To receive feedback and suggestions from institutions/subject teachers on the utility

and further improvement of Marking Schemes.

(iii) To encourage institutions to undertake similar exercise of developing marking schemes

for classes other than those covered by the Board's examination with a view to increasing

teachers' responsiveness to them as the essential tools of evaluation.

Page 5: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

(v)

HOW TO USE

Teachers and the students preparing for Class XII examination of the Board constitute the

primary interest-group of this publication. Marking Schemes of Question Papers in the subjects

of English Core, Functional English, Mathematics, Economics, Business Studies, Accountancy

and Entrepreneurship administered in Delhi and Outside Delhi during the 2006 main examination

have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below :

(a) To Teachers :

--- Go through the syllabus and the weightage distribution for the subject carefully.

--- Read the question paper to find out how far the question paper set subscribes to the

prescribed design. Grade every question by difficulty level for students who have

taken the main Board examination.

--- Consult the 'Marking Scheme' for each question, with reference to steps into which

answers and awards have been divided.

--- Work out concrete suggestions for the Board.

(b) To Students :

--- Study each question carefully, comprehend them and write down the main points of

the answer and note down their difficulties for clarification.

--- Examine a question in conjunction with the Marking Scheme and find out the proximity

of the answer to that suggested in the Marking Scheme.

--- We will feel motivated if this publication is commented upon by practitioners in the

context of its impact on their teaching learning strategies. Contribution of the experts

and the officials of the Board in bringing out this document is gratefully acknowledged.

We urge the teachers to encourage their students to make use of this publication and at the

same time to enrich us with their free and frank reactions.

M.C. SHARMA

CONTROLLER OF EXAMINATIONS

Page 6: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

(vi)

CONTENTS

Senior School Certificate Examination (XII)

Marking Scheme

Page No.

1. English Core ............................................................................................................. 1-37

2. Functional English ..................................................................................................... 38-77

3. Mathematics ............................................................................................................. 78-123

4. Economics ................................................................................................................ 124-148

5. Business Studies ....................................................................................................... 149-172

6. Accountancy ............................................................................................................. 173-222

7. Entrepreneurship ....................................................................................................... 223-237

Page 7: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

(vii)

LIST OF COORDINATORS/SUBJECT EXPERTS/REPRESENTATIVESOF THE REGIONS FOR UPDATION/FINALISATION OF THEMARKING SCHEME FOR SENIOR SCHOOL CERTIFICATE

EXAMINATION, 2006

S.No. Name of the Coordinator/SubjectExperts

S.No. Name of the Coordinator/SubjectExperts

ENGLISH CORE

1. Mrs. Usha Ram

Principal

Laxman Public School

Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016

2. Sh. J.K. Gangal

H-196, Rama Krishna Vihar

Patparganj Society, Delhi-110092

3. Ms. Lata Mathew

Principal

Hamdard Public School

Sangam Vihar, New Delhi

4. Smt. Vandana Kapoor

Principal

S.L.S. DAV Public School

Mausam Vihar, Delhi

5. Mrs. Rachna Pant

Principal

Summer Field School

Kailash Colony,

New Delhi

6. Smt. Kiran Khanna

Principal

Vivekanand School

D-Block, Anand Vihar, Delhi

7. Sh. Lalit Mohan Pandey

Principal

RPVV, Plot No. 1, Link Rd.

Karol Bagh, New Delhi

8. Shri R.K. Sharma

Principal

S.J. Public School,

Janta Colony, Jaipur

9. Smt. J. Dasbasu

Principal

Kendriya Vidyalaya

Khanapara, Guwahati-781022

10. Dr.(Mrs.) Nalini Ravindran

Principal

National Public School

Gopalapuram, Chennai-600086

11. Mrs. Ravi Raj Kaur

PGT

Govt. Model Sr. Sec. School,

Sec. 35, Chandigarh

12. Mrs. Neena Sehgal

Principal

Delhi Public School

Sec. 30, Noida

G.B. Nagar, U.P.-211303

Page 8: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

(viii)

13. D.N. Tiwari,

Laxman Public School,

Hauz Khas,

New Delhi-16

FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH

1. Mrs. Annie Koshy

Principal, St. Mary School

B-II Block, Safdurjung Enclave,

New Delhi

2. Sh. Peter P.J.

PGT

Laxman Public School

Hauz Khas, N. Delhi-110016

3. Mrs. Bela Bhatteja

PGT

G.D. Goenka Public School,

Sector-3, Pocket 8 & 9

Vasant Kunj, New Delhi

4. Mrs. Malini Khatri

Modern School,

Barakhamba Road,

New Delhi-110001

5. Mrs. Neena Kaul

St. Mary School, B-II Block,

Safdarjung Enclave, New Delhi

6. Ms. Alka Lahiri

St. Mary School

B-II Block, Safdurjung Enclave,

New Delhi

S.No. Name of the Coordinator/SubjectExperts

S.No. Name of the Coordinator/SubjectExperts

MATHEMATICS

1. Mrs. Kusum Ahluwalia

Principal

Hans Raj Public School

Road No. 73, Punjabi Bagh

New Delhi

2. Dr. V.P. Gupta

Reader

NCERT

New Delhi

3. Sh. G.D. Dhall

K-171, LIC Colony

Syed Nangloi Village, Delhi

4. Sh. S.N. Chibber

Principal (Rtd.)

B-330, Saraswati Vihar, Delhi

5. Sh. V.P. Singh

Principal

Govt. Boys Sr. Sec. School,

Kanti Nagar, Delhi

6. Sh. J.C. Nijhawan

Vice Principal

Govt. Sarvodaya Vidyalaya

C Block, Saraswati Vihar,

Delhi

7. Dr. Y.K. Sharma

Vice Principal

Subodh Public School

Rambagh Circle, Jaipur (Raj.)

Page 9: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

(ix)

8. Mr. C. Sathiamoorthy

Principal

Chinmaya Vidyalaya

9-B, Taylore Road

Kilpauk Chennai-600010

9. Sh. Dilbagh Singh

Principal

Govt. Model Sr. Sec. School

Sector-22, Chandigarh.

10. Dr. Ram Mohan

Principal

St. Vivakanand Public School

Alampur, Hauz Sarai Essar,

Agra Road, Etawah,

U.P.-206001

11. Sh. Nirmal Singh

Lecturer

Govt. Model Sr. Sec. School,

Sector-33, Chandigarh

12. Mrs. Sandhya Arora

230, Paragati Aptt.

Paschim Vihar, Delhi

13. Mrs. Sujata Chopra

PGT,

Delhi Public School

Rohini, Delhi

ECONOMICS

1. Mrs. Sushma Khurana

Principal

Leela wati Vidya Mandir

Sr. Sec. School

Shakti Nagar, Delhi

S.No. Name of the Coordinator/SubjectExperts

S.No. Name of the Coordinator/SubjectExperts

2. Sh. S.K. Aggarwala

Deptt. of Eco.

Rajdhani College, Delhi

3. Sh. S.N. Sharma

BC. 54,

Shalimar Bagh (West)

Delhi-110088

4. Brdg K.S. Saghu

G-2 Opp. Furniture Block

Behind Petrol Pump

Kirti Nagar Extn.,

New Delhi-18

5. Mrs. Rekha Sharma

PGT

Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan

K.G. Marg, New Delhi

6. Smt. Mukta Mishra

Principal

Bosco Public School

Guru Harkishan Nagar

Near Paschim Vihar

New Delhi

7. Sh. M.L. Goel

Principal,

DAV Centenary Public School,

Vaishali Nagar,

Jaipur

8. Mrs. A. Hazarika

Principal

Kendriya Vidyalaya

Narangi, Guwahati

Page 10: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

(x)

9. Mrs. Devika Avtar

PGT

Kendriya Vidyalaya

Sector-47, Chandigarh

10. Mr. R. Raghunathan

PGT

Kendriya Vidyalaya

APS, Avadi, Chennai

11. Mrs. Neelu Ahuja

PGT

Lilawati Vidya Mandir

Shakti Nagar, Delhi

BUSINESS STUDIES

1. Mrs. Meena Goel

Principal

Nav Hind Girls Sr. Sec. School

New Rohtak Road, New Delhi-110005

2. Dr. R.N. Nigam

MVJ College of Engg.

Channasandra, Bangalore-67

3. Sh. S.L. Jain

Principal

Mahavir Sr. Model School

G.T. Karnal Road, Delhi

4. Smt. Rajni Rawal

Govt. Girls Sr. Sec. School No. 1

Punjabi Bagh, New Delhi

5. Smt. Seema B. Grover

Govt. Model Sr. Sec. School

Sector-35Chandigarh

S.No. Name of the Coordinator/SubjectExperts

S.No. Name of the Coordinator/SubjectExperts

6. Dr. C.B. Gupta

Shri Ram College of Commerce

North Campus

Delhi University, Delhi

7. Sh. L.R. Pathak

B-3/383, Paschim Vihar

Delhi

8. Ms. Vinita

PGT

Kendriya Vidyalaya

Sarasvati Vihar, Delhi

9. Sh. B. Ram Chandran

Principal

Kendriya Vidyalaya

Phalpur IFFCO Township

P.O. Ghiyanagar

Allahabad-212404

10. Sh. Manish Tanna

Principal

Choith Ram Public School

Indore

11. Mrs. Priyanka Sapra

PGT

Chiranjiv Bharati School

Palam Vihar, Gurgaon-122001

12. Mrs. Preeti Arya

PGT

Nav Hind Girls Sr. Sec. School

New Rohtak Road,

New Delhi-110005

Page 11: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

(xi)

S.No. Name of the Coordinator/SubjectExperts

S.No. Name of the Coordinator/SubjectExperts

ACCOUNTANCY

1. Mrs. Meena Goel

Principal

Nav Hind Girls Sr. Sec. School

New Rohtak Road, New Delhi-110005

2. Dr. S.C. Garg

Kirori Mal College

University of Delhi, Delhi-110007

3. Sh. N.M. Bhatia

Principal

Chiranjiv Bharti School

Palam Vihar, Distt. Gurgaon

4. Sh. L.R. Pathak

B-3/383, Paschim Vihar, Delhi

5. Sh. Kuljeet Singh Vohra

Principal

Sarvodaya Vidyalaya

Aliganj, Lodhi Road, New Delhi

6. Miss Baneet Kaur

PGT

Salwan Public School

Rajender Nagar, New Delhi

7. Sh. A.K. Sharma

Principal

DAV Model School

JM Sengupta Road, Durgapur

Bardhaman, WB-713205

8. Dr. G. Neelakantan

Principal

Sir Sivaswami Kalalya Sr. Sec. School

Mylapore, Chennai

9. Sh. Ragh Vendra MathurVice PrincipalMayoor School, Ajmer

10. Sh. Harish KumarPGTPMLSD public SchoolSector-32, Chandigarh

11. Mrs. VinitaPGTGovt. Girls Sr. Sec. SchoolA-Block, Saraswati Vihar, Delhi

12. Mrs. Jaya KhuranaPGTModern SchoolBarakhamba Road, Delhi

13. Mrs. Preeti AryaPGTNav Hind Girls Sr. Sec. SchoolNew Delhi-110005

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

1. Mrs. Ranju Shrma

PGT

Vidya Bharati School

Block G, Sector 15, Rohini, Delhi-85

2. Mrs. Renu Kochar

PGT

Ram Krishan Kulwant Rai School

Lodhi Road, New Delhi

3. Dr. P. Prasad

PGT

Kendriya Vidyalaya No. 3

Ring Road, Naraina

Delhi Cantt., New Delhi

Page 12: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

1

ENGLISH (Core)

Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 100

General Instructions :

(i) The paper is divided into three sections : A, B and C. All the sections are compulsory.

(ii) Separate instructions are given with each section and question, wherever necessary.

Read these instructions very carefully and follow them faithfully.

(iii) Do not exceed the prescribed word limit while answering the questions.

QUESTION PAPER CODE 1/1/1

SECTION A : READING

1. Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow :

1. Today, India looks like it is on course to join the league of developed nations.It is beginning to establish a reputation not just as the technology nerve centreand back-office to the world, but also as its production centre. India’ssecularism and democracy serve as a role model to other developing countries.There is great pride in an India that easily integrates with a global economy,yet maintains a unique cultural identity.

2. But what is breathtaking is India’s youth. For despite being an ancientcivilization that traces itself to the very dawn of human habitation, India isamong the youngest countries in the world. More than half the country isunder 25 years of age and more than a third is under 15 years of age.

3. Brought up in the shadow of the rise of India’s service industry boom, thisgroup feels it can be at least as good if not better than anyone else in theworld. This confidence has them demonstrating a great propensity to consume,throwing away ageing ideas of asceticism and thrift. Even those who do nothave enough to consume today feel that they have the capability andopportunity to do so.

4. The economic activity created by this combination of a growing labourpool and rising consumption demand is enough to propel India to double-digit economic growth for decades. One just has to look at the impact thatthe baby boomers in the US had over decades of economic activity, asmeasured by equity and housing prices. This opportunity also representsthe greatest threat to India’s future. If the youth of India are not properlyeducated and if there are not enough jobs created, India will have foreverlost its opportunity. There are danger signs in abundance.

Page 13: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

2

5. Fifty-three per cent of students in primary schools drop out, one-third ofchildren in Class V cannot read, three quarters of Schools do not have afunctioning toilet, female literacy is only 45 per cent and 80 million childrenin the age group of 6-14 do not even attend school.

6. India’s IT and BPO industries are engines of job creation, but they stillaccount for only 0.2 per cent of India’s employment. The country has nochoice but to dramatically industrialize and inflate its domestic economy.According to a forecast by the Boston Consulting Group, more than halfof India’s unemployed within the next decade could be its educated youth.We cannot allow that to happen.

7. India is stuck in a quagmire of labour laws that hinder employment growth,particularly in the manufacturing sector. Inflexible labour laws inhibitentrepreneurship, so it is quite ironic that laws ostensibly designed toprotect labour actually discourage employment.

8. Employment creation needs an abundant supply of capital. Controls onforeign investment have resulted in China getting five times the foreign directinvestment, or an advantage of $200 billion over the past five years.The growing interest in India by global private equity firms augurs wellas they represent pools of patient and smart capital, but they too face manybureaucratic hurdles.

9. When it comes to domestic capital availability, budget deficits adding upto 10 per cent of the national GDP impede capital availability for investmentand infrastructure.

10. Raising infrastructure spending,, coupled with rapid privatization, may notonly create employment but also address the growing gaps in infrastructure.China has eight times the highway miles and has increased roads significantlyin the past few years while India has only inched along. Freight costs atIndian ports are almost double the worldwide average, just to give twoexamples.

11. Moreover, like the Lilliputians that kept the giant Gulliver tied down,there are some 30,000 statutes in India, of which only a portion are evenoperational, and these keep the employment creation engine tied down.Since there are no sunset provisions in any laws, the regulatory morassonly grows every year.

12. In the meantime, we as citizens of the world and descendants of Indiahave to make a difference. We have to ensure that India and its youthattain that potential, both through our business pursuits and the support of

Page 14: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

3

educational charities, on-the-ground proponents of participative democracyas well as other deserving organizations and initiatives.

13. I believe that hope can triumph and that this can be India’s century - notone that will happen as surely as the sun will rise each day, but one thatmany willing hands will need to create together.

(a) (i) What makes the author think India is on the verge of joining

the select band of developed nations ? 2

(ii) Despite the fact that India is one of the oldest civilizations why

does the author say it is young ? 1

(iii) The author feels that if certain problems are not arrested, India

would lose its opportunity. Why would India lose this opportunity ? 2

(iv) What hinders employment growth ? 1

(v) Who/what in the passage is referred to as the ‘Lilliputians’ ? 1

(vi) How can we ensure that India and its youth attain their full

potential? 2

(b) Pick out words from the passage that mean : 3

(i) extremely exciting (para 2)

(ii) a period of sudden growth (para 3)

(iii) another name for wealth (para 8)

2. Read the passage given below :

Torrential rains and swollen rivers have caused chaos across central and easternEurope, while a massive heat wave in southern Europe has helped reduce thePortuguese woodland to tinder. Tens of thousands of people face a massive reliefoperation as the extent of the devastation slowly becomes clear. The death tollcontinues to mount steadily across the continent. The latest estimate puts the numbersince mid August, 2005 at over 150. “Unfortunately, we are expecting the numberof victims to rise by the hour,” said Romanian interior minister Vasile Blaga.

Though the heat wave persists in Portugal and Spain, forest fires in Portugal havebeen brought under control. By August 26, 2005, the waters began to recedeacross Germany and the Czech Republic, the countries hardest hit by the floods.The situation also improved in Croatia, Austria, Bulgaria, Poland, Hungary andSlovenia. But some areas of Switzerland and Germany remained on alert.

Huge damages were reported from all over Europe. Thousands of people had tobe evacuated from their homes. Many villages were abandoned in Portugal, while

Page 15: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

4

helicopters were used in Switzerland and Austria to airlift people from floodedhouses and landslides. The floods' worst impact was along the Danube, Moravaand Elbe rivers and their tributaries. Dresden in Germany was one of the hardesthit.

Germany puts the damages at around US $14 billion, but the German state ofSaxony alone puts its own costs at around US $16 billion. Austria quotes a cleanup bill of US $2 billion, and the Czech Republic US $3 billion. But all these figuresare speculative. What is disturbing is that relief operations appear stretched. InGermany, only US $200 per adult is currently available from both the EU and thegovernment.

The reason behind the bedlam is the jet stream, high-speed winds usually foundjust below the tropopause, which drives the depressions and fronts that affect theweather. Usually found between 7,620 metres (m) and 13,716(m) altitude, it flowseastwards at speeds up to 200 m per hour around the Earth. It is formed whencold air from the Arctic meets warm air from the tropics. Because the jet streamfluctuates, its track makes huge differences to the weather. This year it positionedaround Europe locking high pressure over southwest Europe which in its turn isresponsible for creating intense drought in some parts and deluges of rain in otherparts.

While many blame global warming for the disaster, some scientists are reluctant todraw a direct link. “We are linking these events to climate change... There are alsoother things happening: building up of the land, bad land use plans, bad fireprevention in the south... But all the factors together are more and more exacerbatedby global warming,” explains Martin Hiller, spokesperson for Worldwide Fundfor Nature. Malcolm Haylock of the University of East Anglia, the UK, is moredithering: “You can say that due to the Earth getting warmer, there will be on anaverage more extreme events, but you can’t attribute any specific event to climatechange.”

Despite growing consensus about global warming, it is hard to find long-termtrends in rainfall that would have directly influenced the droughts, and floods Someexperts believe the North Atlantic Oscillation climate system has caused a drifttowards drier conditions in southern Europe and more rainfall in the north duringwinters; its effects during summers are not as clear.

(a) On the basis of your reading of the above passage make notes on it usingheadings and sub-headings. Use recognizable abbreviations wherever

necessary. 5

(b) Write a summary of the above passage in 80 words using the notes made

and also suggest a suitable title. 3

Page 16: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

5

SECTION B : ADVANCED WRITING SKILLS

3. Water is precious and each one of us must stop wastage. Prepare a poster in notmore man 50 words urging people to employ various methods of rain water

harvesting in their colonies. 5

OR

Your school is organizing a fete to collect funds for charity. Only school studentsare eligible to put up stalls. As Head boy/Head girl of the Meera InternationalSchool, draft a notice in not more than 50 words to be put up announcing sale ofstalls giving all other necessary details.

4. To promote healthy eating habits amongst School children, Vaibav Public School,Hastinapur, recently organized a 'Nutritious Food and Snacks Competition'. Thecompetition was open to both parents and students. The participation was veryencouraging. The famous nutrition expert, Dr. Shikha Sharma was the chief guest.As Archana/Anjum, the local student reporter for the Young India newspaper,write a report about this event in 100-125 words. Do not forget to give your

report a catchy heading. 10

OR

Recently you attended a Career Fair organized by the Australian High Commissionin which various Australian colleges and Universities participated and gaveinformation about their undergraduate and graduate programmes. You attendedthis fair. Write a detailed account of the fair in 100-125 words. You are Reshma/Hamid.

5. You are Shilpa/Sameer living in Bangalore. You have just completed your studiesand are looking for a job. While browsing through the Hindustan Times of26.01.2006, you come across the following advertisement. Choose a post forwhich you think you are suitable. Send your application in response to this

advertisement. 10

An upcoming food processing unit in Galogaon requires the following staff:

Food technologist: 2 yrs degree/diploma in food technology having 1-2 yrslab experience.

Accountant: B. Com. with minimum experience of 4-5 years in amanufacturing concern and conversant with sales tax taws.

Receptionist: Young female candidates fluent in English with goodcommunication skills and proficiency in computer/Net surfing with 2-3 yearsexperience.

Please send your detailed resume within seven days to Manager, Fancy Foods,Sector 68. Golagaon.

Page 17: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

6

OR

In its bid to educate people about the harmful effects of cigarette smoking, theGovt. of India has been taking serious steps to prevent it. A few years ago itordered all cigarette manufacturing units to insert a statutory warning on cigarettepacks. Now it is considering censorship of all cigarette smoking scenes in Indiancinema. Write a letter to the editor of a national daily giving your own views.

6. Last year’s floods in Mumbai not only highlighted the inefficiency and indifferenceof the local administration but also brought out the indomitable spirit of thecommon man. It was a grand story of how people came to the rescue of people.Write an article in 150-200 words on how common man can realize his ownpowers and help rebuild a “New and Clean India” of which we can all be proud.

Sign yourself as Victor/Hellen. 10

OR

You are Maneka/Manik. You strongly feel that the Indian Government is not takingadequate steps to promote tourism in India which could turn out to be oneof the major revenue earning industries. Write an article in 150-200 words for amagazine giving your ideas on the steps the Indian Govt. could take to promotetourism aggressively.

SECTION C : LITERATURE

7. (a) Read the extract given below and answer the questions that follow:

Although it fall and die that night-

It was the plant and flower of Light.

In small proportions we just beauties see:

And in short measures life may perfect be.

(i) What does the word ‘it’ refer to ? Why does it die that night ? 2

(ii) What is the significance of the word “although’’ in the above lines ? 1

(iii) What message does the poem have for mankind through the above lines ? 1

OR

Freedom from the insult of dwelling in a puppet’s world,

where movements are started through brainless wires,

repeated through mindless habits,

where figures wait with patience and obedience for the

master of the show,

to be stirred into a moment's mimicry of life.

Page 18: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

7

(i) What, according to the poet, is the ‘puppet’s world’ ? 1

(ii) What to his mind is insulting ? 1

(iii) Which two expressions indicate that this is a puppet’s world ? 2

(b) Answer the following questions in 30-40 words each : 3×2=6

(i) Sometimes circumstances compel a man to do something against his

wishes. Bring out the truth of this statement by referring to the poem,

‘The Man He Killed’.

(ii) What, according to William Wordsworth, is.nature’s ‘holy plan’ ? How

has mankind shown its indifference towards it ?

(iii) The poem, “Once Upon Time” is a lament for a bygone era. Illustrate

the truth of this statement with examples from the poem.

8. Answer the following questions in 30-40 words each : 5×2=10

(a) Who was Bunbury ? Why was he so important to Algernon ?

(b) Bhai Parmanand says “... I for one, began to think that we had been forcibly

pulled down from the steps leading to Heaven and made ready to enter the

gates of Hell.” Which, according to you, could be the steps to Heaven and

gates of Hell ? Why does he say so ?

(c) What does Max Mueller mean by ‘two very different’ Indias ?

(d) Why does the author call the Gandhian movement for enlistment of women

epochal and revolutionary ?

(e) Coming out of his office Parsons was glad to be alive. Why does he think

so ?

9. Answer the following in 125-150 words : 10

Justify the title of the story, ‘The Price of Flowers’.

OR

Machines confer power and, therefore, they bring happiness. Taking cue from the

lesson, ‘Machines and the Emotions’, give arguments in support of and against the

statement.

10. Answer the following in 125-150 words :

How did the narrator of the story, ‘The Face on the Wall”, prove himself to be a

master story teller ? How was the group gulled ? 7

Page 19: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

8

OR

In his talk at the conference for parents of blind students, Dr. Stromer makessome very crucial points to make them understand that even handicapped peoplecan live normal and happy lives. What arguments and examples does he give tosupport his belief ?

11. Answer the following in 30-40 words each : 4×2=8

(i) Why was Baldwin surprised when Marshall offered him a position in theThird National ?

(ii) Mrs. Wang knew that a war was going on between the Chinese and theJapanese but to her it was not real. Why ?

(iii) Why does Gandhi feel that he could not do full justice to all the young boysand girls at the farm ?

(iv) In order to be effective vanguards of the nation what attributes, according toDr. Karan Singh, should the young men and women of India be equippedwith ?

QUESTION PAPER CODE 1/1

SECTION A : READING

1. Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow :

1 Today, India looks like it is on course to join the league of developed nations. It isbeginning to establish a reputation not just as the technology nerve centre andback-office to the world, but also as its production centre. India’s secularism anddemocracy serve as a role model to other developing countries. There is greatpride in an India that easily integrates with a global economy, yet maintains aunique cultural identity.

2 But what is breathtaking is India’s youth. For despite being an ancient civilizationthat traces itself to the very dawn of human habitation, India is among the youngestcountries in the world. More than half the country is under 25 years of age andmore than a third is under 15 years of age.

3 Brought up in the shadow of the rise of India’s service industry boom, this groupfeels it can be at least as good, if not better, than anyone else in the world. Thisconfidence has them demonstrating a great propensity to consume, throwing awayageing ideas of asceticism and thrift. Even those who do not have enough to consumetoday feel that they have the capability and opportunity to do so.

Page 20: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

9

4 The economic activity created by this combination of a growing labour pool andrising consumption demand is enough to propel India to double-digit economicgrowth for decades. One just has to look at the impact that the baby boomers inthe US had over decades of economic activity, as measured by equity and housingprices. This opportunity also represents the greatest threat to India’s future. If theyouth of India are not properly educated and if there are not enough jobs created,India will have forever lost its opportunity. There are danger signs in abundance.

5 Fifty-three per cent of students in primary schools drop out, one-third of childrenin Class V cannot read; three quarters of schools do not have a functioning toilet,female literacy is only 45 per cent and 80 million children in the age group of 6 - 14do not even attend school.

6 India’s IT and BPO industries are engines of job creation, but they still account foronly 0.2 per cent of India’s employment. The country has no choice but todramatically industrialize and inflate its domestic economy. According to a forecastby the Boston Consulting Group, more than half of India’s unemployed within thenext decade could be its educated youth. We cannot allow that to happen.

7 India is stuck in a quagmire of labour laws that hinder employment growth,particularly in the manufacturing sector. Inflexible labour laws inhibitentrepreneurship, so it is quite ironic that laws ostensibly designed to protect labouractually discourage employment.

8 Employment creation needs an abundant supply of capital. Controls on foreigninvestment have resulted in China getting five times the foreign direct investment,or an advantage of $200 billion over the past five years. The growing interest inIndia by global private equity firms augurs well as they represent pools of patientand smart capital, but they too face many bureaucratic hurdles.

9 When it comes to domestic capital availability, budget deficits adding up to 10 percent of the national GDP impede capital availability for investment and infrastructure.

10 Raising infrastructure spending, coupled with rapid privatization, may not onlycreate employment but also address the growing gaps in infrastructure. China haseight times the highway miles and has increased roads significantly in the past fewyears while India has only inched along. Freight costs at Indian ports are almostdouble the worldwide average, just to give two examples.

11 Moreover, like the Lilliputians that kept the giant Gulliver tied down, there aresome 30,000 statutes in India, of which only a portion are even operational, andthese keep the employment creation engine tied down. Since there are no sunsetprovisions in any laws, the regulatory morass only grows every year.

Page 21: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

10

12 In the meantime, we as citizens of the world and descendants of India have tomake a difference. We have to ensure that India and its youth attain that potential,both through our business pursuits and the support of educational charities, on-the-ground proponents of participative democracy as well as other deservingorganizations and initiatives.

13 I believe that hope can triumph and that this can be India’s century — not one thatwill happen as surely as the sun will rise each day, but one that many willing handswill need to create together.

(a) (i) What makes the author think India is on the verge of joining the select

band of developed nations ? 2

(ii) Despite the fact that India is one of the oldest civilizations why does the

author say it is young ? 1

(iii) The author feels that if certain problems are not arrested, India would

lose its opportunity. Why would India lose this opportunity ? 2

(iv) What hinders employment growth ? 1

(v) Who/what in the passage is referred to as the ‘Lilliputians’ ? 1

(vi) How can we ensure that India and its youth attain their full potential ? 2

(b) Pick out words from the passage that mean : 3

(i) extremely exciting (para 2)

(ii) a period of sudden growth (para 3)

(iii) another name for wealth (para 8)

2. Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow :

Torrential rains and swollen rivers have caused chaos across central and easternEurope, while a massive heat wave in southern Europe has helped reduce thePortuguese woodland to tinder. Tens of thousands of people face a massive reliefoperation as the extent of the devastation slowly becomes clear. The death tollcontinues to mount steadily across the continent. The latest estimate puts the numbersince mid August, 2005 at over 150. “Unfortunately, we are expecting the numberof victims to rise by the hour,” said Romanian interior minister Vasile Blaga.

Though the heat wave persists in Portugal and Spain, forest fires in Portugal havebeen brought under control. By August 26, 2005, the waters began to recedeacross Germany and the Czech Republic, the countries hardest hit by the floods.The situation also improved in Croatia, Austria, Bulgaria, Poland, Hungary andSlovenia. But some areas of Switzerland and Germany remained on alert.

Page 22: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

11

Huge damages were reported from all over Europe. Thousands of people had tobe evacuated from their homes. Many villages were abandoned in Portugal, whilehelicopters were used in Switzerland and Austria to airlift people from floodedhouses and landslides. The floods’ worst impact was along the Danube, Moravaand Elbe rivers and their tributaries. Dresden in Germany was one of the hardesthit.

Germany puts the damages at around US $14 billion, but the German state ofSaxony alone puts its own costs at around US $16 billion. Austria quotes a cleanup bill of US $2 billion, and the Czech Republic US $3 billion. But all these figuresare speculative. What is disturbing is that relief operations appear stretched. InGermany, only US $200 per adult is currently available from both the EU and thegovernment.

The reason behind the bedlam is the jet stream, high-speed winds usually foundjust below the tropopause, which drives the depressions and fronts that affect theweather. Usually found between 7,620 metres (m) and 13,716 metres (m) altitude,it flows eastwards at speeds up to 200 m per hour around the Earth. It is formedwhen cold air from the Arctic meets warm air from the tropics. Because the jetstream fluctuates, its track makes huge differences to the weather. This year itpositioned around Europe locking high pressure over southwest Europe which inits turn is responsible for creating intense drought in some parts and deluges of rainin other parts.

While many blame global warming for the disaster, some scientists are reluctant todraw a direct link. “We are linking these events to climate change... There are alsoother things happening : building up of the land, bad land use plans, bad fireprevention in the south... But all the factors together are more and more exacerbatedby global warming,” explains Martin Hiller, spokesperson for Worldwide Fundfor Nature. Malcolm Haylock of the University of East Anglia, the UK, is moredithering : “You can say that due to the Earth getting warmer, there will be on anaverage more extreme events, but you can’t attribute any specific event to climatechange.”

Despite growing consensus about global warming, it is hard to find long-termtrends in rainfall that would have directly influenced the droughts and floods. Someexperts believe the North Atlantic Oscillation climate system has caused a drifttowards drier conditions in southern Europe and more rainfall in the north duringwinters; its effects during summers are not as clear.

(a) On the basis of your reading of the above passage make notes on it usingheadings and sub-headings. Use recognizable abbreviations, wherever

necessary. 5

(b) Write a summary of the above passage in 80 words using the notes made

and also suggest a suitable title. 3

Page 23: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

12

SECTION B : ADVANCED WRITING SKILLS

3. You plan to sell your old car. Draft a suitable advertisement in not more than 50words to be inserted in a reputed national daily giving all necessary details of thecar. 5

ORRepeated earthquakes in India and elsewhere have resulted in unprecedenteddamage and destruction to both life and property. Educating people on theprecautions to be taken is the need of the hour. Prepare a poster, in not more than50 words, for creating this awareness.

4. You are Seetha / Surya living in Bangalore. You and your friends are planning aweek long holiday. You come across the following advertisement. Select adestination of your choice. Write a letter making necessary enquiries from the touroperator before you make your final decision. 10

This winter fill your holidays with endless masti and thrill

We offer exciting domestic and international holiday packages forindividuals as well as groups.

You decide and leave the rest to us.

1. Exotic Malaysia with Singapore and Star Cruise10 nights/11 daysRs. 54,000/-

2. Magical Singapore5 nights/6 daysRs. 14,999/-

3. Bangkok, Pattaya + Kul + Genting + Singapore11 daysRs. 32,999/-

4. Australia (Sydney, Coral Islands and CNS)7 nights /8 daysRs. 67,000/-

5. Best of Nepal5 nights in a 5 star HotelRs. 7,999/-

6. Exotic Goa3 nights /4 daysRs. 3,333/-

For more details write to us or visit our websitewww.sewanathholidays.comOr write to us at :Sewa Nath Worldwide Holidays, 123-A, Kailash Building,Goverdhan Road, City Centre,Malegaon.

Page 24: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

13

OR

A leading news channel recently gave a live coverage of some young slum dwellersbeing beaten up mercilessly by the police for crimes not committed by them. Suchatrocities shake the very faith of people. Write a letter to the Commissioner ofPolice urging him to adopt effective measures to curb such brutality against innocentpeople. You are Nita/Nitesh, a resident of Guwahati.

5. There were many vacant spaces in your colony which were lying unattended anduncared for. You and your friends decided to beautify and develop those areasinto green parks or playgrounds for the benefit of all. With practically no moneybut lots of enthusiasm of the children of the colony, your project became a roaringsuccess. It has now even caught media attention. You have been approached by alocal newspaper to share your success story. Write a brief report in 100 - 125words on how you organized the entire project. You are Neha / Nitin, a resident of

Chandigarh. 10

OR

In order to promote book reading habit amongst school children, your schoolorganized a ‘Book Week’. During this week a number of exciting activities includinginteraction sessions with eminent authors took place. As Head Boy / Head Girl ofthe school you were actively involved in making all the arrangements. Write areport in 100 - 125 words. You are Manju / Mihir, a resident of Chennai.

6. Indian TV is doing a great service to the general public. Write an article giving yourviews on the above topic in 150-200 words for a leading magazine. You are Arth/

Arti, a citizen of Patna. 10

OR

A recent survey showed that there are still many communities in India which donot welcome the birth of a girl child. Can a country which does not give equalrights to all its citizens ever dream of becoming great ? Write an article in 150 -200 words giving your views on the above subject and the steps we should taketo solve this problem. You are Simran / Yusuf, a citizen of Hyderabad.

SECTION C : LITERATURE

7. (a) Read the extract given below and answer the questions that follow : 4

“Had he and I but met

By some old ancient inn,

We should have sat us down to wet

Right many a nipperkin !”

Page 25: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

14

(i) Who are the two characters in the above lines referred to as ‘he’

and ‘I’ ? 1

(ii) What is the significance of the line, ‘Had he and I but met ...’ ? 2

(iii) What does ‘a nipperkin’ mean ? 1

OR

One day there fell in great Benares’ temple-court

A wondrous plate of gold, whereon these words were writ;

“To him who loveth best, a gift from Heaven.”

(i) Where did the plate of gold fall ? 1

(ii) What was written on it ? 1

(iii) What message does the poet give through this poem ? 2

(b) Answer the following questions in 30 - 40 words each : 3×2=6

(i) What, according to Tagore, has ‘the burden of ages’ done to ourmotherland ?

(ii) Why does Ben Jonson call the lily a flower of light ?

(iii) Wordsworth’s heart was filled with wonder and sadness at the sametime when he was reclining under a tree. What made him think so ?

8. Answer the following questions in 30-40 words each : 5×2=10

(a) As she was going out she asked the cashier in a low voice, “Is that gentlemanan Indian ?” Why did Maggie ask this question ?

(b) How do machines deprive us of two important ingredients of happiness ?

(c) The Brahmo Samaj movement for emancipation of women has been describedas a false dawn. Why ?

(d) What is Mueller’s view about the study of Sanskrit ?

(e) What objection did Lady Bracknell have in giving her consent to Gwendolen’swedding with Mr. Worthing ?

9. Answer the following in 125 - 150 words : 10

A confinement in Andaman Islands was worse than a death sentence. Explain.

OR

There is light at the end of the tunnel but only for those who see it. Bring out therelevance of this statement by taking examples from the story, ‘A Man Who HadNo Eyes’.

Page 26: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

15

10. Answer the following in 125 - 150 words : 7

The writer says that truth is vastly stranger than fiction. Do you agree ? Explainwith reference to the story, ‘The Face on the Wall’.

OR

Mrs. Wang wins our sympathy and admiration through her wisdom and simplicity.Explain the truth of this statement with examples from the story, ‘The Old Demon’.

11. Answer the following in 30 - 40 words each : 4×2=8

(i) “Each one of us misses out on some success or happiness”, says Dr. Stromer.What is the point he wants to make ?

(ii) At one point in the play, Baldwin says, ‘...never thought this day would come’.What is he referring to ?

(iii) The winner of the bet eventually did not collect his bet money. Why ?

(iv) When the glass kept near the wall of the compartment was vibrating, Barinbecame almost paralyzed with fear. Why ?

Page 27: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

16

Marking Scheme—English Core

General Instructions :

1. Answer scripts should not be given to the evaluators for evaluation until and unless the

given Marking Scheme has been thoroughly discussed with them in group or individually

on the first day of their starting evaluation.

2. The Head-Examiners have to go through the first five answer-scripts evaluated by each

evaluator to ensure that the evaluation has been carried out as per the Marking Scheme

only. The remaining answer scripts meant for evaluation shall be given only after ensuring

that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.

3. Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should

not be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration - Marking

Scheme is the only guideline.

4. The Marking Scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers. These are only

guidelines and do not constitute the complete answer.

5. If a question has parts, please award marks on the right hand side for each part. Marks

awarded for different parts of the question should then be totalled up and written out in

the left hand margin and circled.

6. If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded on the left-hand margin.

7. Where marks are allotted separately for content and expression as per the Marking

Scheme, they have to be reflected separately and then totalled. This is a mandatory

requirement.

8. A slash (/) in the marking scheme indicates alternative answers. If a student writes an

answer which is not given in the Marking Scheme but which is equally acceptable, marks

should be awarded only in consultation with the Head-Examiner.

9. If a child has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving more marks

should be retained and the other answer scored out.

10. Q1 under Section A (Reading skills) and Q7 (a) under Section C (Literature) questions

have been designed to test a student’s understanding and his ability to interpret, evaluate

and respond to the given passage. In other words only the reading and comprehension

abilities are to be tested. As such, content assumes more importance than expression in

the answers to these questions. Therefore students should not be unduly penalised for

poor expression and faulty spelling, as long as the answer clearly reveals understanding

of the passage on the part of the examinee.

Page 28: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

17

11. However, where questions have been designed to test the writing skills of students,

expression (grammatical accuracy, appropriate vocabulary and style, spellings, organization

and presentation of relevant matter in a coherent and logical way) is important.

12. Wherever the word limit is given, no deduction of marks is to be made if the word limit

has been exceeded upto 25%. However, beyond this permitted limit, marks are to be

deducted as follows:

Penalty for exceeding the word limit

For a 50 word answer:Above 60 - deduct ½ mark

For a 100 word answer:125 to 150 words - deduct ½ mark

Above 150 words - deduct 1 mark

For a 125 word answer:150 to 175 words - deduct ½ mark

Above 175 words - deduct 1 mark

For a 150 word answer:175 to 200 words - deduct ½ mark

Above 200 words - deduct 1 mark

For 200 word answers:225 to 250 words - deduct ½ mark

Above 250 words - deduct 1 mark

However, no marks should be deducted in respect of short answer type questions (under

Q7, 8 & 11) if the answer does not exceed 60 words. In case it exceeds 60 words,

½ mark may be deducted.

13. If a student, in response to a short-answer-type question, writes a single word answer

which constitutes the core of the answer, it may be accepted and awarded full marks.

14. If a student literally lifts a portion of the given passage as an answer to a question, no

mark(s) to be deducted for this so long as it is relevant and indicative of the desired

understanding on the part of the student, especially in questions under Q1 and Q7.

15. A full scale of marks - 0 to 100 - has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award

full marks, if the answer deserves it.

Page 29: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

18

QUESTION PAPER CODE 1/1/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

SECTION A : READING

1. COMPREHENSION PASSAGE

(a) NOTE: No marks should be deducted for mistakes of grammar, spellings, orword limit. Full marks may be awarded if the student has been able to identifycore ideas.

(i) – reputed as the technology nerve centre– back office to world– production centre (any two)– unique cultural identity / secularism / democracy / role model

(if only the second part has been done 1 mark) 1+1=2 marks

(ii) – more than half the country below 25 years of age / more than onethird under 15 yrs of age / majority of population young 1 mark

(iii) – if the youth are not properly educated– if enough jobs are not created 1+1 = 2 mark

(iv) – high drop out percentage rate

– 80 million children in the age group 6-14 do not attend school– slow industrialization– slack domestic economy– intricate / inflexible labour laws– lack of capital– control on foreign investment– bureaucratic hurdles / red-tapism

(any one) 1 mark

(v) – the 30,000 outdated statutes / restrictive laws / too many laws 1 mark

(vi) ensure each child is educated / raise infrastructure spending coupled withrapid privatization / relax labour laws / create employment opportunities forthe educated youth / understand the aspirations and urgency of its youth /participate in democracy / take advantage of economic reforms / awaken tothe fact that they can wield immense political power / business pursuits /educational charities / inviting more foreign direct investments

(any two) 2 marks

(b) (i) breathtaking 1 mark

(ii) boom 1 mark

(iii) capital 1 mark

Page 30: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

19

2. Note:

����� If the student has attempted only summary or notes, due credit shouldbe given.

����� 1 mark for title be given if the student has written the title in Q2(a) orQ2(b) part

����� Min. 3 main headings and 3 sub headings for content

The notes provided below are only guidelines. Any other title, main points andsub-points should be accepted if they are indicative of the student’s understandingof the given passage and the notes include the main points, with suitable andrecognizable abbreviations. Complete sentences should not be accepted as notes.If a candidate writes complete sentences, deduct ½ mark from the total.

Numbering of points can be indicated in different ways and these should be acceptedas long as a consistent pattern is followed.

(a) NOTE MAKING

Distribution of Marks

Abbreviations / Symbols (with /without key) — any four 1 mark

Title 1 mark

Content (minimum 3 sub headings with proper indentation and notes) 3 marks

Suggested Notes

Title: Vagaries of Weather / Nature’s Fury / Global Warming / ClimateChange / any other suitable title

1. Massive heat wave, chaos across Cen. East. Europe

1.1 1000s. face massive relief oprn.

1.2 death toll mounting1.3 forest fire under control in Portugal1.4 situn. imprvd. in some countries

2. Damages

2.1 1000s. evacuated2.2 many villages abandnd.2.3 flooded houses & landslides2.4 Germany worst hit

3. Reasons behind the bedlam3.1 jet stream, high speed winds3.2 global warming3.3 other factors also present3.4 climatic changes due to N A O

Page 31: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

20

(b) Summary

The summary should include all the important points given in the notes.

Content: 2 marks

Expression 1 mark

SECTION B : (ADVANCED WRITING SKILLS)

3. NB : The answer to Q3 – Poster and Notice may be accepted with or without abox. However in Poster credit should be given for creativity.

POSTER

Content 3 marks

Expression 2 marks

Suggested Value Points

– water is precious

– save water

– harvest rain water

– improve water table

– do not wash cars / homes (use mops instead)

– any other relevant slogan or value point

OR

NOTICE (SALE OF STALLS)

Format 1 mark

The format should include: NOTICE / TITLE, DATE, and WRITER’S NAMEWITH DESIGNATION. The candidate should not be penalized if he has usedcapital letters for writing a notice within or without a box.

Content 2 marks

Expression 2 marks

Suggested value points:

– only school students eligible to put up stalls

– eligibility classes 9-12

– only food and games stalls

– on first come first serve basis

– sale proceeds for charity

– last date for applying

– whom to contact

Page 32: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

21

4. REPORT WRITING

Format 1 mark

Title and reporter’s name,(date and place - optional)

Content 4 marks

Expression 5 marks

Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words and spellings [2½]Coherence and relevance of ideas and style [2½]

(NUTRITIOUS FOOD AND SNACKS COMPETITION/ any other relevantheading)

Suggested Value Points– what, when, where the programme was organised

– dignitaries / guests present

– highlights of the programme

– response and success of the programme

– prizes / awards given

– any other relevant details

OR(CAREER FAIR)

Suggested Value Points– what, when, where, by whom was the event organized

– highlights of the programme

– response of participants and visiotors

– any other relevant details

5. LETTER WRITING

[Note: - No marks are to be awarded if only the format is given. Credit shouldbe given to the candidate’s creativity in presentation of ideas. Use of both thetraditional and the new format is permitted. However, mixing up of the two isNOT acceptable.In the job application the bio-data may be written separatelyor within the letter. ]

Format 2 marks

(1. sender’s address, 2. date, 3. receiver’s address, 4. subject heading,

5. salutation, 6. complimentary close.)

Content 4 marks

Expression 4 marks

Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words and spellings [2]

Coherence and relevance of ideas and style [2]

Page 33: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

22

Suggested value points:

(APPLICATION FOR JOB)

– post applied for– qualifications: Academic, Professional– experience / positions held– references– salary expected (optional)– contact address & telephone number

OR

Suggested value points:

(LETTER TO EDITOR - HARMFUL EFFECTS OF CIGARETTESMOKING)

– statutory warning on cigarette packs

– censorship of all cigarette smoking scenes in Indian cinema

– harmful effects

– cancer, T.B., Asthma, respiratory & other health problems

– harm to passive smokers

– wastage of money, health

– bad habit, wrong lesson to others

– recent steps taken by Finance Minister - increasing the price of tobaccoproducts

– any other relevant point

6. ARTICLE

Format (Title and writer’s name) 1 mark

Content 4 marks

Expression 5 marks

Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words and spellings [2½]

Coherence and relevance of ideas and style [2½]

Suggested Value Points

(FLOODS IN MUMBAI)

– inefficiency and indifference of the local administration

– role of common man in reaching out to the distressed

– indomitable spirit of the common man

– how common man can realize his own powers and help rebuild a “new andclean India”

– any other relevant details

Page 34: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

23

ORSuggested Value Points

(PROMOTING TOURISM)

– present situation

– government’s apathy (indifference)

– steps the government could take to promote tourism

– providing – better transport, telecommunications, infrastructure, hotels,airports, railway stations etc.

– any other relevant details

SECTION C : LITERATURE

7. [This question has been designed to test the students’ understanding of thetext and their ability to interpret, evaluate and respond to the questions based onthe given stanza. In other words it attempts to test their reading comprehensionONLY.]

Value points:

(a) (i). – the lily flower / lily 1 mark

– has a short life 1 mark

(ii) shows the contrast : the lily lives only for a day but spreads its beauty

and happiness all around 1 mark

(iii) a short but meaningful life is preferable to a long but useless life / wemust spread happiness with our deeds and words / life is to be measured

in terms of achievements and not by the number of years a person lives 1 mark

OR

(i) life of slavery / enslavement/ dependent / no free will / no freedom

/ servitude / subjection 1 mark

(ii) living in a puppet’s world / being slave / dependence on others 1 mark

(iii) movements started through brainless wires, mindless habits / figureswait with patience and obedience; stirred into a moment’s mimicry

of life. 2 marks

(b) Short answer type questions (Poetry)

Distrubution of marks :

Content 1 mark

Expression 1 mark

(deduct ½ mark for two or more grammatical/spelling mistakes)

Page 35: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

24

Value points

(i) – the narrator kills the other man because they meet on the battlefield

– both (the narrator as well as other soldier) had joined infantry as

they were out of work

– the narrator would have offered the other man a drink or wouldhave helped him monetarily if they had met elsewhere 2 marks

(iii) – man should live in peace and harmony with nature

– he should live in peace with other human beings also

Man’s Indifference

– by not accepting nature’s holy plan

– by not living in peace with nature and man 2 marks

(iii) – people used to laugh in earlier times with their hearts and with

their eyes

– shook hands with their hearts– were sincere and true in expressing emotions 2 marks

8. Short answer type questions (Prose)

Questions are to be answered in 30-40 words.

Distribution of marks:

Content: 1 mark

Expression 1 mark

(deduct ½ mark for two or more grammatical/spelling mistakes)

Value points:

(a) Algernon’s imaginary friend, projected as a dreadful invalid– gave an excuse to Algernon to go down into the country 2 marks

(b) Steps to Heaven

– death at gallows

– freedom

– becoming martyrs

Gates of Hell

– enslavement

– being exiled to the Andaman Islands

Why

– they were spared execution but were being transported to the Andaman

Islands in handcuffs and fetters (bound hands and legs) 2 marks

Page 36: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

25

(c) – rural and urban India

– ancient and modern India 2 marks

(d) Epochal and revolutionary

– women came out for the first time to shoulder the responsibility of a

work which was physically challenging

– actively participated – boycott, civil disobedience, picketed liquor shops

– broke all “Social Taboos”

– majority involved in Gandhian movement 2 marks

(e) – despite his blindness he was his own master and successful in life

– had survived the Westbury chemical explosion tragedy

– from being a skilled labourer he had become rich and successful

– though handicapped yet struggled hard, alone, to emerge successful

– gladly appreciated Nature 2 marks

9. [These questions have been set to test the students' understanding of the textand their ability to interpret, evaluate and respond to the issues raised therein.Hence no particular answer can be accepted as the only correct answer. Allpresentations may be accepted as equally correct provided they have been dulysupported by the facts drawn from the text. The important thing is that thestudent should be able to justify his or her viewpoint.]

Distribution of marks:

Content 5 marks

Expression 5 marks

Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words and spellings [2½]

Coherence and relevance of ideas and style [2½]

Value points:

– extremely apt

– last day of Mr. Gupta’s stay in London- Maggie gives him one shilling to buyflowers to be laid on her brother’s grave in India.

– spirit of supreme sacrifice – brought tears to his eyes

– love of a sister for a brother

– aware that in India (a) Flowers are cheap (b) Flowers in abundance

– yet takes the money from her – did not want to deprive her of the joy thissacrifice would give her

– flowers epitomize a sister’s love for a brother

Page 37: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

26

ORSupport

– more and better machinery means more production of material goods

– more material goods mean no poverty or destitution, therefore more happiness

– machines confer power, therefore they are valued

Against

– machines dominate human beings and make them less human and more likemachines themselves

– cause pollution and destitution

– no happiness from material wealth

– deprive us of spontaneity and variety

10. Distribution of marks:

Content 3½ marks

Expression 3½ marks

Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words and spellings [2]

Coherence and relevance of ideas and style [1½]

Value Points:Master story teller

– made up a story instantly after listening to others

– narrated a story with real names, place, in first person showing how hehimself was affected by it

– captivated everybody by talking of a face on the wall resembling a real person

How the group was gulled

– told the group that it wasn’t a real story

– had made it up in the last half an hour

– the end was an anticlimax (any one)

OR

– unlike in olden days handicapped people are not killed– today there are 120 organisations for the disabled

– there are more than130 wheelchair basketball teams

– a totally deaf woman holds the world record for driving a vehicle on land

– the President of Hofstar University is a man with cerebral palsy

– blind skiers have made a name for themselves

– plays and movies have been made on handicapped people

– the present is most favourable time for the handicapped people to live

Page 38: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

27

11. Short answer type questions

Questions are to be answered in 30-40 words.

Distribution of marks :

Content : 1 mark

Expression : 1 mark

(deduct ½ mark for two or more grammatical/spelling mistakes)

Value points :

(i) – felt vindicated

– felt good and relieved that his honesty and sincerity had finally been

recognized and rewarded 2 marks

(ii) – none of the Wangs had been killed

– the Wangs had not seen a Japanese in their life

– had not seen any evidence of the war so far 2 marks

(iii) – the young boys and girls had not been with him since their childhood

– they had been brought up in different conditions and environments

– they did not belong to the same religion

– no trained teachers available

– lack of resources and literary equipments

(any two) 2 marks

(iv) – equipped with physical strength and stamina– intellect, patriotic fervour, spiritual values that lead to fearlessness– play a positive role in the restructuring and strengthening of economy of

nation– immense burst of idealism and energy– deep commitment to the task of safeguarding the country– physical, intellectual, patriotism, spiritual dimensions

(any two) 2 marks

QUESTION PAPER CODE 1/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

SECTION A : READING

1. COMPREHENSION PASSAGE

(a) NOTE: No marks should be deducted for mistakes of grammar, spellings, orword limit. Full marks may be awarded if the student has been able to identifycore ideas.

Page 39: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

28

(i) – reputed as the technology nerve centre

– back office to world– production centre (any two)

– unique cultural identity / secularism / democracy / role model

(if only the second part has been done 1 mark) 1+1=2 marks

(ii) – more than half the country below 25 years of age / more than one

third under 15 yrs of age / majority of population young 1 mark

(iii) – if the youth are not properly educated

– if enough jobs are not created 1+1 = 2 marks

(iv) – high drop out percentage rate

– 80 million children in the age group 6-14 do not attend school

– slow industrialization

– slack domestic economy

– intricate / inflexible labour laws

– lack of capital

– control on foreign investment

– bureaucratic hurdles / red-tapism(any one) 1 mark

(v) – the 30,000 outdated statutes / restrictive laws / too many laws 1 mark

(vi) ensure each child is educated / raise infrastructure spending coupled withrapid privatization / relax labour laws / create employment opportunities forthe educated youth / understand the aspirations and urgency of its youth /participate in democracy / take advantage of economic reforms / awaken tothe fact that they can wield immense political power / business pursuits /educational charities / inviting more foreign direct investments

(any two) 2 marks

(b) (i) breathtaking 1 mark

(ii) boom 1 mark

(iii) capital 1 mark

2. Note:

����� If the student has attempted only summary or notes, due credit shouldbe given.

����� 1 mark for title be given if the student has written the title in Q2(a) orQ2(b) part

����� Min. 3 main headings and 3 sub headings for content

Page 40: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

29

The notes provided below are only guidelines. Any other title, main points and

sub-points should be accepted if they are indicative of the student’s understanding

of the given passage and the notes include the main points, with suitable and

recognizable abbreviations. Complete sentences should not be accepted as notes.

If a candidate writes complete sentences, deduct ½ mark from the total.

Numbering of points can be indicated in different ways and these should be accepted

as long as a consistent pattern is followed.

(a) NOTE MAKING

Distribution of Marks

Abbreviations / Symbols (with /without key) — any four 1 mark

Title 1 mark

Content (minimum 3 sub headings with proper indentation and notes) 3 marks

Suggested Notes

Title: Vagaries of Weather / Nature’s Fury / Global Warming / Climate

Change / any other suitable title

1. Massive heat wave, chaos across Cen. East. Europe

1.1 1000s. face massive relief oprn.

1.2 death toll mounting

1.3 forest fire under control in Portugal

1.4 situn. imprvd. in some countries

2. Damages

2.1 1000s. evacuated

2.2 many villages abandnd.

2.3 flooded houses & landslides

2.4 Germany worst hit

3. Reasons behind the bedlam

3.1 jet stream, high speed winds

3.2 global warming

3.3 other factors also present

3.4 climatic changes due to N A O

(b) Summary

The summary should include all the important points given in the notes.

Content: 2 marks

Expression 1 mark

Page 41: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

30

SECTION B : ADVANCED WRITING SKILLS

3. ADVERTISEMENT

Content 3 marks

Expression 2 marks

Suggested Value Points

Title: SALE AND PURCHASE / CAR FOR SALE / FOR SALE– car make and model

– kilometers covered

– colour / condition / price

– any other relevant details

– contact name and address / telephone no.

OR

POSTER

Content 3 marks

Expression 2 marks

Suggested value points:

Title: BE PREPARED / WAKE UP CITIZENS / LEARN DISASTERMANAGEMENT / any other

– should highlight dangers and suffering

– precautionary measures – go into open space / watch out for tremors / anyother

4. LETTER WRITING

[Note: - No marks are to be awarded if only the format is given. Credit shouldbe given to the candidate’s creativity in presentation of ideas. Use of both thetraditional and the new format is permitted. However, mixing up of the two isNOT acceptable.]

Format 2 marks

1. sender’s address, 2. date, 3. receiver’s address, 4. subject heading,

5. salutation, 6. complimentary close.

Content 4 marks

Expression 4 marks

Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words and spellings [2]

Coherence and relevance of ideas and style [2]

Page 42: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

31

Suggested value points:

(LETTER OF ENQUIRY)

– reference to advertisement

– information to be given: choice of destination, group size, tentative datessuitable to you

– requirements/ enquiries : discount, passport, visa, itinerary, type of hotel,airways and timing / any other

OR

Suggested value points:(LETTER TO COMMISSIONER OF POLICE)

– reference to the news item, police criminality increasing

– police need to restore public image, faith and trust

– law protectors turning law breakers and criminals

– suggestions: need for tight monitoring, punish offenders, transparency inhandling matters, public awareness, taking measures so that the innocent arenot exploited, curb temptations to accept bribe, reminder of oath andcommitment to nation and citizens, need to do soul searching / any other

(any two)

5. REPORT WRITING

Format 1 mark

Title and reporter’s name,(date and place - optional)

Content 4 marks

Expression 5 marks

Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words and spellings [2½]Coherence and relevance of ideas and style [2½]

(YOUNGSTERS GIVE A NEW LOOK TO COLONY/ any other relevantheading)

Suggested Value Points– what– when– where– who (whichever applicable)– detailed description to include birth of idea, team working, motivation, planning

and execution, difficulties, how they were overcome, sense of achievement,satisfaction

– any other relevant details

Page 43: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

32

OR(BOOK WEEK)

Suggested Value Points– what– when– where– why (whichever applicable)– other details: activities, preparation, participation and visit of eminent people,

usefulness– any other relevant details

6. ARTICLE WRITINGFormat (Title and writer’s name) 1 mark

Content 4 marks

Expression 5 marks

Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words and spellings [2½]

Coherence and relevance of ideas and style [2½]

Suggested Value Points(INDIAN TV DOING GREAT SERVICE)

– reference to different programmes and channels

– service to people: through 24 hours of the day

– wide choice / variety to cater to all age groups

– information and news at your doorstep

– educational value of some programmes such as helpline, discussion, animalplanet, history channel, national geographic etc.

– thrust to economic activity, aid to industry, employment opportunities– common man brought to limelight– any other relevant point

(any four)

ORSuggested Value Points(BIRTH OF A GIRL CHILD – NOT WELCOME)– reference to survey findings– personal views and reactions– importance of women– suggestions: law to safeguard / need to educate and inform women about

their rights/ highlighting women achievers in print / electronic media / strictpunishment for violators

– any other relevant point

(any four)

Page 44: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

33

SECTION C : LITERATURE

7. [This question has been designed to test the students’ understanding of thetext and their ability to interpret, evaluate and respond to the questions based onthe given stanza. In other words it attempts to test their reading comprehensionONLY.]

Value points:

(a) (i) – the narrator / speaker / soldier, the enemy he killed ½+½= 1 mark

(ii) they do not have personal enmity / would have met as friends if not onbattle field / war makes enemies of normal human beings 2 marks

(iii) – measure for liquor / alcohol 1 mark

OR

(i) – in the temple court of Benaras 1 mark

(ii) ‘To him who loveth best, a gift from Heaven.’ / that it was a gift fromheaven for the person who loves mankind the best 1 mark

(iii) God showers his love on those who have selfless love / sympathy /mercy for mankind 2 marks

(b) Short answer type questions (Poetry)

Distrubution of marks :

Content 1 mark

Expression 1 mark(deduct ½ mark for two or more grammatical/spelling mistakes)

Value points

(i) Slavery – our shackles that prevented our progress of marching aheadbravely into a resplendent future / the burden was the slavery thatprevented progress / caused loss of dignity / courage / identity / vision 2 marks

(iii) Because it blooms in daylight / adds joy to the beholder 2 marks

(iii) – Wonder – unbounded joy at the various sounds, sight and activitiesof birds and animals living in harmony

– Sadness to think of what man has made of man 2 marks

8. Short answer type questions (Prose)

Questions are to be answered in 30-40 words.

Distribution of marks:

Content: 1 mark

Expression 1 mark

(deduct ½ mark for two or more grammatical/spelling mistakes)

Page 45: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

34

Value points:

(a) Maggie and mother worried about brother in India – no news, heard Indiawas a country of snakes and tigers, feared he might have been killed,wanted to know if it was true 2 marks

(b) Machines deprive us of spontaneity and variety and make life mechanical

and monotonous 2 marks

(c) It couldn’t make inroads among the common masses. Confined only to a

small and educated section of women 2 marks

(d) – though tedious, provides many opportunities

– opens before us a great literature which is still unknown

– allows insight into thoughts deeper, than any other we have knownbefore

– appeals to the deepest sympathies of the human heart(any one) 2 marks

(e) Mr. Worthing was an orphan whose parentage was not known. Gwendolenwas brought up with utmost care, could not be given away to a personwhose lineage could be linked to a parcel and cloakroom (i.e. a person whocould not establish a proper lineage) 2 marks

9. [These questions have been set to test the students' understanding of the textand their ability to interpret, evaluate and respond to the issues raised therein.Hence no particular answer can be accepted as the only correct answer. Allpresentations may be accepted as equally correct provided they have been dulysupported by the facts drawn from the text. The important thing is that thestudent should be able to justify his or her viewpoint.]

Distribution of marks:

Content 5 marks

Expression 5 marks

Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words and spellings [2½]Coherence and relevance of ideas and style [2½]

Value points:

– death by hanging – only suffering for a few moments – better than death inexile

– Andaman – life long suffering and repeated torture

– jailor cruel, prisoners made to do hard laborious work

– tropical diseases rampant – often fatal

Page 46: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

35

– climate hot and humid – difficult to live in

– even if one was released he had no way of coming back home

– would be exposed to more dangers from the unfriendly aborigines

– any other relevant point

(any five)

OR

Mr. Parsons’ characteristics / qualities / handicaps / rise in status

The story brings out the contrasting attitude and qualities of Parsons and Markwardt

Parsons

– positive / optimistic

– determined

– diligent

– rises above his handicaps to emerge successful

– enjoys life (any three)

Markwardt

– negative / pessimistic

– escapist

– cries over his handicap

– indulges in self pity– lives the life of a beggar– life – a burden for him– though a villain yet projects himself as a victim

(any three)

Note: students must bring out a sharp contrast between the attitudes and characterof Parsons and Markwardt by quoting relevant incidents from the story tosubstantiate the given statement.

10. Distribution of marks:

Content 3½ marks

Expression 3½ marks

Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words and spellings [2]

Coherence and relevance of ideas and style [1½]

Value Points:

– listened to everyone’s stories about the inexplicable mystery of supernatural

– acceded to the request of the group and made up a story on the spot

Page 47: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

36

– said he was going to narrate a real story and said truth was stranger thanfiction

– put himself as the main protagonist

– left the group literally mortified

– finally disclosed that he had made up the story thus surprising the group withhis anticlimax

– by telling about such strange coincidences, he was able to fool the group firstand later by revealing the truth, he made them realize the futility of theirexercise

(any four)

OR

– wins sympathy because of her extraordinary qualities

– wise – village respects her wisdom

– loving and caring

– superstitious and ritualistic – donates to get her husband out of purgatory –fears the river

– ignorant of outside world – does not know how the Japanese could bedifferent

– not afraid of destruction – the river has taught them how to build again

– refuses to accept that Japanese were waging a war

– innocent curiosity – wants to see the flying machine

– helps the Japanese soldier

– intelligent and brave – stops the enemy from advancing once she realizes thethreat – opens the sluice gates knowing fully well that she would be drowned

(any four)

11. Short answer type questions

Questions are to be answered in 30-40 words.

Distribution of marks :

Content : 1 mark

Expression : 1 mark

(deduct ½ mark for two or more grammatical/spelling mistakes)

Value Points:

(i) no one is perfectly happy. Everyone suffers from some physical or mental

shortcomings. 2 marks

Page 48: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

37

(ii) regretted the moment / a trial of his own honesty as he had been asked by

family members to give a misleading statement to save Gresham, had been

offered a hundred thousand dollars by Gresham 2 marks

(iii) – the long confinement helped him gain wisdom / read widely during

confinement including philosophy, religion, spiritualism

– realized the futility of material wealth / knew it would not give him any

more pleasure

– so let the banker have false pleasures 2 marks

(iv) Barin had stolen Pulak’s alarm clock. Its presence was a continual reminder

of Barin’s guilt / feared the continuous alarm would expose him 2 marks

Page 49: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

38

FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH

Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 100

General Instructions :

(i) The paper is divided into four sections : A, B, C and D. All the sections are compulsory.

(ii) Separate instructions are given with each section and question, wherever necessary.

Read these instructions very carefully and follow them faithfully.

(iii) Do not exceed the prescribed word limit while answering the questions.

QUESTION PAPER CODE 212/1

SECTION A : READING (20 marks)

1. Read the following passage :

1. Prema Dhanraj was eight when a stove on which she was making coffeeburst and the flames leapt up to swallow her face. Prema was a beautifulchild with dark almond eyes and chiselled features. But on that fateful day in1965, within seconds, her face had melted into a mass of flesh.

2. She was admitted to Christian Medical College Hospital, Vellore, with 50per cent burns. Seeing her first-born battle for life, Rosie, her mother made apact with God. “If you save my child, I vow to dedicate her to the service ofyour people. I will make her a doctor and work in this same hospital,” sheprayed.

3. Prema survived. Dr. L.B.M. Joseph, renowned surgeon, painstakinglyreconstructed every inch of Prema’s face. “It was excruciatinglypainful,” recollects Prema. “I used to be angry with the doctors all the time.”After six months in the hospital, Prema returned to Bangalore to resumeschool. Her scarred face attracted attention; it baffled, confused andembarrassed people. School was never the same again. Prema completedhigh school privately.

4. “My family had hidden all the mirrors in the house. Only after a year Ihappened to catch a reflection of my face in a mirror. I cried. I was angry. Ithrew tantrums. My mother waited patiently for my tears to dry.” Then shetold Prema, “This is your face and you will have to live with it. No one canchange that. But what you do with your life is in your hands and only you canchange it.” It was a hard lesson to learn. And it took her a long time to graspits meaning.

Page 50: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

39

5. “I barely scraped through my Class 10 exams,” Prema reminisces. “But thefact that I cleared my exams gave me immense confidence.” She obtained aB.Sc. degree and Prema admits, “Those were the most difficult years of mylife — academically and socially.”

6. Between 1965 and 1971, Prema underwent 14 reconstructive surgeriesbefore she put an end to it. “It was time for me to concentrate on other thingsin life.” Prema obtained her MBBS degree in 1980, and went to work atCMCH, Vellore, under Joseph, thus fulfilling her mother’s promise to God.She specialised in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery.

7. Today Prema is known as one of the most successful surgeons in the medicalfraternity, with a success rate of 99 per cent. A recipient of many awards,currently, she is helping set up the first burns unit in Ethiopia, which has themaximum number of burns victims in the world. Prema was invited by theEthiopian and Norwegian authorities to train doctors in Ethiopia and shetrained Ethiopia’s first plastic surgeon. She has also pioneered a programmein collaboration with U.S. — the “Smile Train” Project — where all patientswith cleft lip and cleft palate will be given free treatment at CMC, Vellore.She is further involved in training doctors from Kenya and Tanzania. Herfirst Kenyan student will arrive in Vellore by October 2005.

8. Prema agrees that bitterness and anger were a part of her life for a long time.“My mother taught me how to channelise my negative emotions in a positivemanner.” Today, Prema’s only regret in life is that her mother is not alive towitness her success in life. “She would have been happy and proud.”However, those dark days are now behind her. “If not for my accident Iwouldn’t have achieved so much in life. I have got more than I bargained for.I never thought that I could reach far in life with my face.”

9. Even today, her patients are taken aback when they see her. But soon, herface becomes a source of encouragement and confidence. They feel that ifshe can do it, so can they. “Children feel encouraged and confident oncethey see me and hear my story,” she says.

10. Prema’s advice to all those who feel defeated in life: “Stop comparing yourselfwith others. Be willing to face reality and move on in life. Develop a cheerfulattitude. Be humble and trust in God. Then sit back and enjoy life.”

11. Prema says that all her dreams have been fulfilled or nearing fruition. Yet,she has one last dream left. “I should have a quick death and when peoplesee me they should say, ‘she looks so beautiful and peaceful’. I want to lookmore beautiful than I am now when I meet my Lord.” One of her patientsputs it in perspective : “All that is striking and beautiful is not always goodbut that which is good is always beautiful.”

Page 51: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

40

1.1 On the basis of your understanding of the passage answer the following :

(a) How did Prema fulfill the promise that her mother had made to God? 2

(b) What made Prema angry when she was being treated in the hospital ? 1

(c) Why had Prema’s family hidden all the mirrors in the house ? 1

(d) “This is your face and you will have to live with it. No one can change

that.” What message was Prema’s mother trying to give her ? 2

(e) Do you consider Prema to be a beautiful person ? Give reasons for

your answer. (At least 2 reasons) 2

1.2 Pick out the words from the passage which mean the following : 4

(i) Well defined/strong (para-1)

(ii) extremely (para-3)

(iii) recalls/recollects (para-5)

(iv) completion (para-11)

2. Read the passage given below :

Climate change is the phenomenon caused by global warming. Natural cycles ofwarming and cooling have occurred many times in Earth’s history, and indeed therise of Homo sapiens is attributed to the end of the last Ice Age some 11,000years ago. What worries scientists is man-made global warming — when carbon-rich fuels stored for aeons beneath the ground are extracted and burned, releasingbillions of tonnes of carbon dioxide (CO

2) each year. This is a “greenhouse gas” :

it traps the sun’s heat in the atmosphere instead of letting it radiate out to space. Asa result the Earth’s surface is warming, disrupting the planet’s delicate climatesystem.

The more CO2, the higher the temperature and the higher the temperature, the

bigger the impact. At the lower range of the Intergovernmental Panel on ClimateChange estimates, there will be a tiny increase in global sea levels and someincreased water stress, and some regions in higher latitudes may, in fact, benefit.At the higher range, droughts, floods and storms will become more violent andmore frequent, mean sea levels could rise by up to 88 centimetres (2.9 feet) by2100, creating an exodus of “climate refugees”. Almost all of the world’s populationwill be affected, but poor tropical countries will be hit worst.

A top science conference in February declared that climate change is alreadyunderway, visible through glacier shrinkage, melting of polar ice, shifts in rainfallpatterns and heat waves. Experts say that if the world wants to keep to the bottomend of the IPCC temperature estimates, global emissions of CO

2 will have to

peak in 2020 and then fall to half of today’s levels by 2095 — a tall order, giventhat developing countries and the U.S., are gobbling up fossil fuels.

Page 52: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

41

The obvious answer : stop using fossil fuels and use clean energy sources such aswind, solar, hydro and hydrogen. But this is easier said than done. Oil, gas andcoal are the world’s long-established energies and have big advantages in costand efficiency over technologies that are still in their infancy and need tax breaksor regulatory help to make headway. In addition, the fossil-fuel lobby is fighting afierce rearguard action, particularly in Washington, to keep its crown. Over thenext couple of decades, the best hopes may lie in interim solutions such as betterfuel efficiency, promoting hybrid cars and storing CO

2 underground from coal as

the fuel is burned rather than letting the damaging gas escape into the air.

The U.N. ’s Kyoto Protocol requires industrialized countries to limit their emissionsof greenhouse gases by a 2012 timeframe as compared to a 1990 benchmark. Ittook effect last February, surviving abandonment by the U.S., which opposedbinding targets as too expensive for its economy, and foot dragging by Russia. ButKyoto remains in a bad way. Even its European champions are having big problemsmeeting their pledges. The treaty is criticized for making only timid cuts (just oneor two per cent at best, after the U.S. walkout), for being complex and for notincluding countries which are big polluters, in commitments on emissions cuts.Negotiations for the post-2012 Kyoto start in Montreal in November.

(a) On the basis of your reading of the above passage make notes on it usingheadings and sub headings. Use recognizable abbreviations wherevernecessary. 5

(b) Using your notes write a summary of the above passage in 80-100 words. 3

SECTION B : WRITING (30 marks)

3. You are Shalini/Sohan a member of an NGO Jagriti which is trying to spreadawareness about the necessity to save water. Design a poster for the organizationabout this issue in not more than 50 words. 5

4. Bhaskar Chandra visited Leh during his summer break. He jotted down few factsabout the area since he was required to write a factual description of the place fora brochure. Using the points given below write the description for him.

(Word limit 80-100 words) 5

Location - Ladakh district - east of Srinagar - surrounded by Himalayas -ZanskarRiverClimate - winter temperature - below zero - best time - July to SeptemberPopular cuisines - Tibetan and KashmiriSouvenirs - paintings / prayer wheels / music bowls / carpets / shawls.Sites to Visit - Shanti Stupa - Leh Palace - once home to royal family - NamgyalTsemo Gompa - beautiful monastery - has three-story high Buddha image andancient manuscripts.

Page 53: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

42

5. Krishna Surya of 2/3 Navi Sarak, Chandi Road, Mumbai sees this advertisement.He is interested in joining these classes. He decides to write a letter to the Directorof Creative World asking him details of the course - the fee structure; the date ofstarting the course; availability of transport and other relevant details. Write the

letter for him. (125-150 words)

LEARN PAINTING AND SKETCHING

AT

CREATIVE WORLD

On

Canvas/Glass/Fabric

For further details contact undersigned :

Director

Creative World

E-234 Great Noida

UP

Or 10

Is hanging a cruel and unusual punishment ? The execution of a person accused ofa callous murder of a teenager, brings the curtain down on a debate over thewisdom of retaining the death penalty. Write a letter to the editor regarding thisissue either in support or against this form of punishment. You are Kamini/Kaushal

of 2/34R, Akbar Road, Lucknow. (125-150 words)

6. Read the given news headline.

Competitive exams test problem-solving skills and application of theory

Problem solving skills are not an indicator of holistic assessment

Entrance exams stress students

Mushrooming of coaching centres - exhorbitant fees

You are Abha / Abhishek Saran, a student of class XII. You read these news itemsand decide to write an article for the local newspaper on your views regarding the

current state of entrance examinations prevalent in the country. (150-200 words) 10

Page 54: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

43

Or

You are Meghna / Magadh. You are upset at the kind of photographs being publishedin the leading national dailies. Newspapers prefer to print photographs that exposethe body of sports women and others rather than speak about the quality of theirwork. Write an article on the growing trend towards sensationalising news.

(150-200 words)

SECTION C : GRAMMAR (15 marks)

7. Rearrange the words in the following sentences to make complete sense. The first

one has been done as an example : 3

a lot of/requires/mountaineering/a/expedition / careful planning.

A mountaineering expedition requires a lot of careful planning.

1. and / waterproof tents / light warm / the equipment / includes special oxygencylinders, / clothing/

2. no footholds / have to make / climbers / over walls of rock / their way /where there are /

3. they carry / this dangerous path / their tents, /across / food and everythingelse / instruments, / they may require.

8. The following passage has ten errors. Identify the errors in each line and write

them along with the corrections as shown in the example. 5

Incorrect Correct

Many people thought that theoretical thought - think

(a) science is higher than the practical ones. But there

(b) is the connection between the two. A study

(c) of astronomy, seems at first sight to having no

(d) practical important. Yet the science of

(e) astronomy develop from the practical

(f) need of people which crossed deserts and

(g) oceans. Navigation uses astronomy to establishing

(h) direction and position. That desire to know more

(i) has resulted into the making of optical instruments

(j) likes the telescopes.

9. Robert / Rachna Sood decides to buy a colour TV. Frame 8 questions that he/shecould ask the salesman regarding the best TV available: the price, clarity of picture,

any special features, no. of channels, home installment and discounts if any. 4

Page 55: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

44

10. Raj / Rajni applied for a job at a call center. He/she appeared for the interview.Write three sets of dialogue that he/she had with the interviewer with help from the

hints given below. 3

Qualifications - reason for applying - can work at night - salary expectations

Example :

Interviewer: Good morning Mr. Raj. Can you tell me something about yourself ?

Raj : I have just completed my graduation.

SECTION D : LITERATURE (35 marks)

11. Read the following extract and answer the questions that follow :

“No doubt they’ll soon get well; the shock and strain

Have caused their stammering, disconnected talk.

Of course they’re ‘longing to go out again,’-

These boys with old scared faces, learning to walk.’

(a) Name the poem and the poet. 1

(b) Who are the ‘boys’ referred to in the last line ? 1

(c) Who or what is responsible for their stammering and disconnected talk ?

What are they suffering from ? 1

(d) Who is the speaker of these lines ? 1

(e) Comment on the line ‘Of course they’re longing to go out again’. Do you

think the speaker is correct in his opinion ? 2

Or

‘Is it so easy, then ? Goodbye no more than this

Quiet disaster ? And is there cause for sorrow

That in the small white murder of one kiss

Are born two ghosts, two Hamlets, two soliloquies,

Two worlds apart, tomorrow ?

(a) What is the ‘quiet disaster’ being mentioned in the second line ? What is the

poetic device used here ? 2

(b) Who are the two Hamlets mentioned here ? Why have they been compared

to Hamlet? 2

(c) Pick out two ironical facts mentioned here ? And explain why they are

ironical ? 2

Page 56: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

45

12. Answer any three of the following in about 50 words : 3×3=9

(a) In the poem ‘Of Mothers, Among Other Things’, what starts the chain ofmemories about the narrator’s mother ? How has she changed with age ?

(b) Why does Archibald Macleish compare a good poem to a flight of birds ?

(c) In the poem ‘Sympathy’, what are the sights, sounds and smells of springthat agitate the caged bird ?

(d) Who has autumn been personified as in the poem ‘Ode to Autumn’ ? Whatwere the activities it was performing in and around the fields ?

13. Answer any one of the following in about 80-100 words : 5

What was Alexander’s relationship with Queen Mother like ? Why hadAlexander sent Perdiccas to Babylon ? Why was Perdiccas late in returning fromthis mission ? What surprised him on reaching Alexander’s camp ?

Or

‘Mr. White does not believe in the powers of the monkey’s paw.’ Do you agreewith this statement ? Give reasons for your answer.

14. Answer any three of the following in about 50 words each : 3×3=9

(a) In the story ‘What’s your dream ?’, what was responsible for the beggar’spoverty stricken state ?

(b) What has turned into a rundown machine ? Why does the writer call it a rundown machine ?

(c) What makes Lisa feel that ‘life has become so tremendous that there is nolonger any place in it for art.’ ?

(d) ‘With the absence of mental stimulus of this kind, human co-operation wouldbe entirely impossible.’ What is the mental stimulus referred to in this line ?When can this become dangerous for society ?

15. The night before Robichon’s speech at Appeville-Sous-Bois, Quinquart writes inhis diary about his apprehensions regarding the effect of Robichon’s speech on hisaudience and reveals the plan he has in mind to prove himself to be the betteractor. Write the diary entry in not more than 100-125 words. 6

Or

Mrs. Malik expresses her bitter-sweet feelings about finally moving into her ownhouse. She also looks back on her attitude towards her mother-in-law and howshe feels to find herself in the same shoes now. Write about her feelings in not morethan 100-125 words.

Page 57: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

46

QUESTION PAPER CODE 212

SECTION A — READING (20 marks)

Al. Read the following passage :

1 Recently I attended a seminar on motherhood. It was well attended by peoplefrom different walks of life. When my turn came, I narrated an incident,which I had witnessed.

2 Manjula was a cook in Dr. Arathi’s house. She already had five children when shebecame pregnant for the sixth time. She did not want this pregnancy.

3 Dr. Arathi had a different idea. Her sister was rich but childless and wanted toadopt a newborn baby. Arathi suggested : “Manjula, you have this baby andirrespective of the gender, my sister will adopt it. She does not stay in this place.So, you won’t need to see the baby. She will also offer money, which will helpwith your other children’s education. But the decision is yours and I will not insist.”

4 Manjula thought over the idea and then agreed. She delivered a baby girl butwhen the time came to hand over the child, Manjula changed her mind. She startedcrying, “Madam, I agree that I am very poor. Even if I get a handful of rice, I willshare that with this baby. But I cannot part with it. She is so tiny and dependent onme. Please pardon me.”

5 Though she had five other children, suddenly this baby became very dearto her. Arathi and her sister were upset because they had been ready to welcomethis baby into their home. But they understood.

6 I concluded my talk saying that I had often seen a mother ready to sacrificeeverything for her children. There was much applause. I was satisfied, for myspeech had come from my heart. I was about to step out of the building on myway to office when I saw Meera.

7 Meera teaches orphans in a school for the blind. She had come on behalf of herschool to attend this seminar. I knew her fairly well. I asked her, “Meera how areyou ?”

8 She was quiet for a minute. “I am fine. Madam, can you do me a favour ? AhmedIsmail is supposed to drop me at school. But he just called to say he is stuck in atraffic snarl and will take more time. So can you drop me off ?” Ahmed Ismail wasthe kind-hearted Trustee of her school.

9 Meera’s school was on the way to my office; so I agreed. I noticed that Meeraseemed a little dull. “Meera, how was the seminar today ? Did you like mylecture ?” I was expecting a positive answer.

10 But Meera answered, “I didn’t like your lecture. I’m sorry to say that but life is notlike that.”

Page 58: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

47

11 I was taken aback, not because she had not liked my lecture but at her comment.I wanted to know the reason behind it. “Tell me, Meera. Why did you say that ? Ihave narrated a true incident. Sometimes truth is stranger than fiction.”

12 Meera sighed, “Yes, Madam. Sometimes, truth is stranger than fiction. I will alsotell you of a true incident. There was a five-year-old girl who was half blind. Herparents were both coolies. This little girl would complain that she could not seeclearly. At last, they took her to a doctor. The doctor told them that the childneeded an expensive operation or she would go blind, as she grew older. Theparents talked to themselves and then took her to the bus-stand. There they gaveher a packet of biscuits and told her, ‘Eat the biscuits. We will be back in fiveminutes’.”

13 “The child felt very happy at having a packet of biscuits all for herself, for the firsttime. She was jumping with joy and with her little vision she could see her mother’storn red sari. Time passed and it was getting cold. She could sense that the daywas getting darker but her parents never turned up. The packet of biscuits wasover long back. She was alone, helpless and scared. She called her parents andsearched for the torn red sari. She went from pillar to post and there was noreply.”

14 “What happened later ?” A kind-hearted man understood and took her to theblind school. The child waited for her mother, for several years, for a lady with atorn red sari. But no one turned up

15 I turned to Meera. She was crying. “Meera, how do you know all these detailsabout that child ?”

16 Sobbing, she said, “Because I was that child. Now, tell me madam, how couldmy mother leave me like that ? I was deceived by a pack of biscuits. What happenedto the motherhood that you spoke about ? Is it not valid even for my mother ? Ispoverty more powerful than motherhood ? Answer me, Madam.” I did not haveany answer for her.

— Sudha Murthy

A1.1 On the basis of your understanding of the passage answer the following inyour own words :

(a) Why did Dr. Arathi’s maid eventually decide to have her sixth child ? 2

(b) Why could the maid not part with the child ? Give two reasons. 2

(c) Why was the writer taken aback at Meera’s reaction to her lecture ? 1

(d) Why did Meera’s parents take her to the bus stop ? 2

(e) How are Manjula’s and Meera’s stories different ? 2

Page 59: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

48

A1.2 Pick out the words/phrases from the passage which mean the opposite ofthe following : 3

(i) huge (para - 4)

(ii) fact (para - 11)

(iii) cheap (para - 12)

A2. Read the passage given below :

They are soft, come in a splendid array of colours, shapes and sizes andthough they are light, they are amazingly resilient and wonderfully strong. In fact,they are one of nature’s finest marvels. Do you know what they are ? Feathers !

The feathers on different parts of a bird’s body are shaped differently, andhave varying uses. The flight feathers on a bird’s wings are straight and stiff, whilethose covering its body overlap each other to give the bird an aerodynamic shapefor efficient flight, and to keep out the wind and the water. A bird’s body feathersalso act like a snug jacket, keeping the cold away from the delicate skin. The tailfeathers are used for lifting, steering, and braking and these are perfectly symmetricalto allow a balanced flight.

Since feathers are absolutely vital for flight and for warmth, birds spend alarge part of their day cleaning and grooming their feathers by applying oil, bathingin water or dust, scratching and preening. Preening straightens out the feathers sothey lock neatly together, and are smooth and unruffled. This is important, becausea preened feather presents a solid surface to push against air during flight. It isincredible that birds also apply a kind of oil on their feathers with their beaks tokeep them in perfect shape.

Birds replace old feathers with new ones in a process called molting thattakes place one or more times a year. The number of feathers a bird has variesfrom species to species. A Tundra swan may have over 25,000 feathers, while thetiny humming-bird has only about 1,000. An adult turkey has about 3,500 feathers.

Feathers have always fascinated humans. Tribals in Africa and Asia andthe aborigines in Australia adorned their bodies with bright and colourful feathers.The Red Indian tribes in North America used feathers to weave magnificent head-dresses.

In Greek mythology, Daedalus tried to escape from his prison by attachingfeathered wings to his shoulders. Feathers have also been used as a stuffing inbeddings and pillows and in jackets.

Feathers are made of keratin, a protein that is also used to make horn,hair and beaks. In human bodies, keratin makes up our nails and hair. Feathersdetermine what a bird looks like, since they supply the bird with the colours they

Page 60: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

49

come to be associated with. A crow’s ebony colour is caused by its black feathers,and a canary’s bright yellow hue, or a parrot’s green one are all due to theirfeathers. Feathers are also useful to camouflage and protect birds.

A2.1 On the basis of your reading of the above passage, make notes on it usingheadings and sub-headings. Use recognizable abbreviations wherever

necessary. 5

A2.2 Using the notes write a summary of the above passage in 80-100 words. 3

SECTION B — WRITING (30 marks)

3. You are Reena/Ram, the Sports Captain of Danapur National School, Patna,which is celebrating its Sports Day on the 24th of March. Design an invitationcard to be sent to the parents and guests on this occasion. Mr. Rohit David, the

famous athlete, will be the chief guest. Word limit : 50. 5

4. Kajal/Karan of Jeevan Jyoti School, Kanpur is the Secretary of the School SocialService Wing. She/he was asked to write a notice for the school notice boardinforming students about the collection of old clothes/books/toys being organizedfor the poor. Write the notice in not more than 50 words. 5

5. You are Meghna/Magadh. You are upset at the kind of photographs being publishedin the leading national dailies. Newspapers prefer to print photographs that exposethe body of sportswomen and others rather than speak of the quality of theirwork. As a concerned citizen, write a letter to the Editor of your local dailynewspaper expressing your anguish at the fall in the journalistic standards ofnewspaper reporting, which has been reduced to publishing only those news itemsand photographs which will sensationalize and thus increase circulation.

(125 - 150 words) 10OR

Jeena/Jeevan recently bought a new colour TV from M/s Tarun Sons and Co.,Main Street, Pune but she/he is very upset because the set is not functioningproperly. Write a letter to the Manager asking for a replacement for the set.(125-150 words)

6. The Tiger Task Force report recommends : “The habitat must be shared betweenthe people and the tigers, so that both can coexist, as they must. The poverty ofone, otherwise, will be the destruction of the other.” This report submitted by theTiger Task Force restarts the debate on strategies to save the animal and at thesame time protect the interests of people living in tiger reserves. You are Jagran /Jagriti. Write an article on the serious consequences of meddling with ourenvironment and give suggestions on how to conserve our environment especially

the endangered animals. (150-200 words) 10

Page 61: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

50

OR

Is hanging a cruel and unusual punishment ? The execution of a person accused ofa callous murder of a teenager brings the curtain down on a debate over thewisdom of retaining the death penalty. You are Sabina / Siddharth. Write a speechyou want to give at your school’s morning assembly regarding this issue, either insupport of or against this form of punishment. (150 - 200 words)

SECTION C— GRAMMAR 15

7. Rearrange the following sentences in proper sequence to make a paragraph thatmakes complete sense :

(a) But the Nile did not flow evenly throughout the year.

(b) When men started farming crops in the Nile Valley in Egypt, they seemed tohave perfect conditions for farming.

(c) Farmers have been faced with the problem of bringing water to dry landsfrom the earliest times.

(d) Therefore the Egyptians learnt how to control water and irrigate their lands.

(e) In summer it caused great floods, washing away precious soil.

(f) While in winter, the fields were dry and dusty and there was no water.

8. The following passage has ten errors. Identify the errors in each line and write

them along with the corrections as shown in the example : 5

People generally think of a lion and the elephant a — the

(a) as the most powerful animals in the earth.

(b) But power would come in small packages, too.

(c) The greatest natural dynamo are probably the little

(d) hummingbird. It was the smallest warm-blooded

(e) creature who has ever lived on earth. It is even tinier

(f) than some insects. It’s tiny body is covered with

(g) nearly a thousand feather and in its body are

(h) powerful muscles or a wonderful blood-pumping

(i) mechanism. This small creature has the great urge to

(j) live. It lives a life filled in wild activity, but it does not live too long.

Page 62: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

51

9. Your teacher had gone to America during the summer vacation to study the schoolsystem there. Frame eight questions that you would like to ask her regarding her

observations on the items given in the box below : 4

families, spending weekends, entertainment, lifestyle,

food habits, travel, clothes, friends.

10. Shyam appeared for an interview for the post of a PT teacher in a school. He wasinterviewed by the Principal. Write out three sets of dialogues exchanged betweenthe two with help from the points given in the box. The first one has beendone as an example. 3

Qualifications - MA Physical Education; Work experience - Total 12

years - 6 in boarding school; specialization - basketball; personal

achievements - national team member-5yrs; adjudged best young

basketball player in college

Example :

Shyam : Good morning, sir. I am Shyam.

Principal: Good morning, Mr. Shyam. I see you are interested in joining theschool as a PT teacher. What are your qualifications ?

SECTION D— LITERATURE 35

11. Read the following extract and answer the questions that follow :

“I smell upon this twisted

blackbone tree the silk and white

petal of my mother’s youth.”

(a) Name the poem and the poet. 1

(b) What does the blackbone tree refer to ? 1

(c) Explain the term ‘silk and white petal of my mother’s youth.’ 2

(d) Later on in the poem, the narrator talks about certain things associated with

the mother’s old age. What are they ? 2

OR

“Think not of them, thou hast thy music too -

While barred clouds bloom the soft-dying day

And touch the stubble-plains with rosy hue.”

Page 63: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

52

(a) Name the poem and the poet. 1

(b) Who is the person referred to as ‘thou’ ? 1

(c) What is the ‘music’ being referred to in the first line ? Mention at least twosounds that form this music. 2

(d) What is meant by the expression ‘stubble-plains’ ? 1

(e) What is the picture created by the last two lines ? 1

12. Answer any three of the following in about 50 words each : 3×3=9

(a) What is the poet trying to convey through the title of his poem ‘Sympathy’ ?

(b) Justify the title of the poem’Curtain’.

(c) What do the parents of Sally in the poem ‘Sally in Our Alley’ do ? Why doesshe have to wait some time before she can marry the man she loves ?

(d) What are the features of a good poem as discussed by the poet ArchibaldMacleish ?

13. Answer any one of the following in about 80 - 100 words : 5Discuss the character of Alexander as depicted in the play ‘The Adventure Story’.

OR

How does the White family get the monkey’s paw ? Do you think they are happyto receive it ? Give reasons for your answer.

14. Answer any three of the following in about 50 words each : 3×3=9

(a) What makes Quinquart feel that Suzanne had ‘been talking through her hat’?

(b) According to Einstein what should true education aim at ?

(c) Who were the Censors of Piety ? What were their duties ?

(d) Why did the Maliks decide to build their house in Delhi ?

15. Lisa changes from a little actress to a real actress, as a result of her experiences.

Comment on her transformation. (100 - 125 words) 6

OR

After unburdening himself to his horse, Iona Potapov decides to write a letter tohis daughter, Anissia, describing the cold, heartless people in the city, his growingsadness and the burden of having no one to share his grief with. Write the letter.(100-125 words)

Page 64: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

53

Marking Scheme—Functional English

General Instructions :

1. Answer scripts should not be given to the evaluators for evaluation until and unless the given

Marking Scheme has been thoroughly discussed with them in a group or individually on

the first day of evaluation.

2. The Head Examiner must go through the first five answer scripts evaluated by each

evaluator to ensure that the evaluation has been carried out as per the Marking Scheme.

The remaining answer scripts meant for evaluation shall be given only after ensuring that

there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.

3. Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not

be done according to one's own interpretation or any other consideration. However the

Marking Scheme carries only suggested value points and does not constitute the complete

answer.

4. If a question has parts, please award marks on the right hand side for each part. Marks

awarded for different parts of the question should then be totalled up and written in the left

hand margin and circled.

5. If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin.

6. Where marks are allotted separately for content and expression as per the Marking

Scheme they have to be reflected separately and then totalled. This is a mandatory

requirement.

7. A slash (/) in the Marking Scheme indicates alternative answers. If a student writes an

answer which is not given in the Marking Scheme but which is equally acceptable, marks

should be awarded only in consultation with the Head Examiner.

8. If a candidate has attempted an extra question, marks obtained in the question attempted

first should be retained and the other answer should be scored out.

9. Under Section A, Reading (Q1) and Section D, Literature (Q11), questions have been

designed to test a students understanding of the passage and his ability to interpret, evaluate

and respond to the given passage. In other words only the reading skills are to be tested.

As such, content assumes more importance than expression in the answers to these

questions. Therefore students should not be unduly penalized for poor expression and

incorrect spelling as long as the answer clearly reveals understanding of the passage.

Page 65: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

54

10. However where questions have been designed to test the writing skills of the students,

expression (grammatical accuracy, appropriate vocabulary and style, spellings,

organization and presentation of relevant matter in a coherent and logical way) is

important.

11. Section C is on grammar. Care should be taken not to award marks to any inaccurate

answer carrying errors in grammar and punctuation.

12. Wherever the word limit is given, no deduction of marks is to be made if the word limit

has been exceeded by 25%. However, beyond the permitted limit marks are to be

deducted as follows:

a. Penalty for exceeding the word limit for a 50 word answer - above 60, deduct

½ mark

b. For a 80 word answer — Above 100 words, deduct ½ mark

c. For a 100 word answer — 125-150 words, deduct ½ mark

— Above 150 words, deduct 1 mark

d. For a 125 word answer — 150-175 words, deduct ½ mark

— Above 175 words, deduct 1 mark

e. For a 150 word answer — 175-200 words, deduct ½ mark

— Above 200 words, deduct 1 mark

f. For a 200 word answer — 225-250 words, deduct ½ mark

— Above 250, deduct 1 mark

13. If a student writes a single word in response to a short answer type question and it

constitutes the core of the answer it should be accepted and awarded full marks.

14. If a student literally lifts a portion of the given passage as an answer to a question, no

marks should be deducted for this so long as it is relevant and indicative of the desired

understanding on the part of the student especially in Q.1 (Section A) and Q.11

(Section D).

15. Please award full marks if the answer deserves it especially in the long answers

i.e. Q.5, Q.6 (Section B), Q.13, Q.15 (Section D)

Page 66: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

55

QUESTION PAPER CODE 212/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

SECTION A (READING) 20 MARKS

Q1.l READING PREMA TOTAL MARKS: 12

Objective : To identify and understand main parts of the text.

Marking : As marked in the question paper. No penalty for mistakes of spellingand grammar.Accept any other answer equivalent in meaning to the answers givenbelow. (8 Marks)

Answers : (a) She became a doctor /dedicated herself to the service of thepeople 1Worked in the same hospital in which she had been treated 1

(b) She was angry because the treatment was excruciatingly painful/ consisted of constant reconstruction 1

(c) They did not want her to see her new face and get upset overit. 1

(d) That one has to learn to adjust with the changes that occur inlife 1No use crying over something that can’t be changed 1(She was the only one who could change it) / Bitterness andanger don’t help.(any one))

(e) Possible answers - Yes, ½- has made a success of life without feeling bitter or frustrated- dedicated her life to the service of her patients- trusts God- is always cheerful- has channelized negative emotions in a positive manner- has become a source of encouragement / motivation for

others.(accept any two of the above or any other relevant answers) 1½

1.2 VOCABULARY

Objective : to deduce the meanings of unfamiliar lexical items.

Marking : 1 mark each (4 marks)

Answers : 1. chiselled2. excruciatingly3. reminisces4. fruition

Page 67: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

56

Q 2. Note making and Summarizing Total Marks: 8

Objective : To develop the skill of taking down notes

To develop the extracted ideas into a sustained piece of writing.

Marking : Note making 5 marks

Heading and indentation ½ + ½ mark

Abbreviations / Symbols 1 mark

(with or without key, minimum four)

Content 3 marks

(minimum three sub headings)

Important instructions:

The notes provided below are only guidelines. Any other title, main points and subpoints should be accepted if they are indicative of the student's understanding ofthe given passage and the notes include the main points with suitable and recognizableabbreviations.

Complete sentences should not be accepted as notes. Half a mark shouldbe deducted from the total if the student writes complete sentences.

Numbering of points can be indicated in different ways and these should be acceptedas long as it follows a consistent pattern.

(a) Note making

Note : If the student has attempted only the summary or only the notes,due credit should be given.

Suggested Notes

Title : Global Warming / Global Warming-Matter of Concern (or any othersimilar, appropriate heading)

I. General facts

i. causes climatic changes

ii. occurred many times

iii. rise of Homo sapiens - end of last Ice Age - 11,000 yrs ago.

II. Present conditions

i. man made

ii. C-rich fuels extracted and burned releasing billions of tonnes of CO2.

iii. Traps sun’s heat in atmosphere.

iv. Result-warming, disrupting planet’s delicate climate system.

Page 68: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

57

III. Reasons for concern

i. more CO2 - higher temp. - bigger impact

ii. intergovernmental Panel on climate change estimates at lower range

a. tiny increase in global sea levels

b. increased water stress

c. benefits some regions in higher latitudes

iii. at higher range

a. more frequent & violent droughts, floods and storms.

b. Sea levels could rise by 88 cm by 2100.

c. Creating an exodus of climate refugees

d. Will affect world population

e. Poor tropical countries worst hit

iv. Climatic changes already underway -

a. glacier shrinkage

b. melting of polar ice

c. shifts in rainfall pattern /heat waves.

IV. Solutions

i. Reduction of CO2 emissions to half.

ii. Stop using fossil fuels.

iii. Use wind / solar / hydro / hydrogen energy.

iv. Promote hybrid cars.

v. Store CO2 underground.

vi. Problems

a. oil, gas and coal world’s long-established energies, cost efficient

b. fossil-fuel lobby fighting to retain supremacy

V. U.N’s Kyoto Protocol

i. Proposals

a. limiting green house gas emissions by 2012.

b. Effective from last Feb.

ii. Opposed by

a. US-considers too expensive for economy.

b. Foot dragging by Russia

c. Even European champions facing problems

iii. Criticisms

a. Timid cuts just 1-2%

b. Non inclusion of big polluters.

Page 69: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

58

Suggested Abbreviations (Minimum four)

1. yrs. - years

2. C - Carbon

3. temp - temperature

4. & - and

5. 88 cm-eighty eight centimeters

6. Feb. - February

(any other suitable abbreviations)

(b) SUMMARY

Objective : 1) To expand notes into a summary

2) To test ability of expression

Marking : Content 2 marks

Expression 1 mark

Note : Considering the numerous facts mentioned in the notes about global

warming, due consideration should be given to the students if they do

not cover all the points in the summary which is expected to be concise.

The summary should cover the essential details only.

SECTION B (WRITING) TOTAL 30 MARKS

Q.3 POSTER: SAVING WATER TOTAL 5 MARKS

Objective : To write in an appropriate style of a poster (blurbs, bullets,

different font size etc. may be considered)

Marking : Format 1 mark

(Heading, issuing authority)

Content 3 marks

Expression 1 marks

(Coherence and relevance of ideas and style)

Suggested Value Points :

- Heading / slogan

- Issuing authority

- Why water should be saved?

- How it should be saved?

Page 70: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

59

Q.4. FACTUAL DESCRIPTION LEH TOTAL 5 MARKS

Objectives : To write in an appropriate style and format of a factualdescription.

Marking : Format (heading) ½ mark

Content 2½ mark

Expression 2 marks

Suggested Value points

- Location

- Climate

- Popular cuisines

- Souvenirs

- Site to visit.

Note : The student who has used the format of a brochure should not be

penalized.

Q.5 LETTER OF ENQUIRY TOTAL 10 MARKS

Objectives : To use an appropriate style to write a formal letter.

To plan, organize and present ideas coherently

Marking : Format 2 marks

1. Sender’s address 2. date 3. address of the addressee 4.salutation 5. subject 6. complimentary close 7. sender’ssignature/name

Content 4 marks

Expression 4 marks

(2 marks for Grammatical accuracy, appropriate

words and spellings)

(2 marks for Coherence and relevance of ideas

and style)

Suggested value points (any 4 of the following or any other)

- Seeking information about the course

- The fee structure

- Date of starting the course

- Transport facilities

- Timings

- Faculty

- Any other relevant details

Page 71: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

60

Or

LETTER TO THE EDITOR - CAPITAL PUNISHMENT

Note : The candidate may write either in support or against this form of punishment

Suggested value points

- Wisdom of retaining death penalty

- For - acts as deterrent

removes threat

safer society

- Against - innocent can be killed

such punishments have not

reduced the crime rate.

no chance of reformation

any other relevant points

Q.6 ARTICLE - STATE OF ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS

Objective : To write in a style appropriate to the given situation.

To plan, organize and present ideas coherently.

Marking : Format 1 mark

(heading and writer’s name)

Content 4 marks

Expression 5 marks

(2½ marks for Grammatical accuracy, appropriate words

and spellings)

(2½ marks for Coherence and relevance of ideas and style)

Suggested value points

- Role played by coaching institutes in the present daysystem of education

- Reasons for popularity

- School education stresses theory while competitive exams stressproblem solving skills and application of theory - hence demandgrowing.

- Solutions - various answers

- Change in examination/education pattern

- Bridge gap between school education and competitive exams

- Any other relevant point

Page 72: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

61

Or

ARTICLE ---- MEDIA

Suggested Value Points

- mention newspapers printing objectionable photographs offemale athletes / sportspersons / other women / male dominatedsociety

- primary aim----to increase circulation of newspaper

- less coverage to achievements and quality work done

- mention effects of such irresponsible reporting on players /readers

- suggestions on how to deal with this problem

- other relevant information

SECTION C (GRAMMAR) 15 MARKS

Q7. REARRANGING TOTAL: 3 MARKS

Objectives : To be able to present ideas in grammatically logicalsequence 3 marks

Marking : 1 mark for every correct answer

Answer

1. The equipment includes special oxygen cylinders, light warm clothingand waterproof tents.

2. Where there are no footholds, climbers have to make their way over walls ofrock/ Climbers have to make their way over walls of rock where there areno footholds.

3. Across this dangerous path they carry their tents, instruments, food andeverything else they may require. / They carry across this dangerous paththeir tents, instruments, food and everything else they may require.

Q8. EDITING TOT AL: 5 MARKS

Objectives : To use grammatical items appropriately

Marking : ½ mark each

If the candidate copies the sentence and replaces the incorrectword with the correct answer, marks should be awarded.However, if only the correct words are given, marks are to beawarded.

Page 73: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

62

Incorrect Correct

a) ones one

b) the a

c) having have

d) important importance

e) develop developed

f) which who

g) establishing establish

h) That this/the

i) into in

j) likes like

Q9. FRAMING QUESTIONS TOTAL 4 MARKS

Objectives : to understand the context and frame relevant and appropriatequestions.

Marking : 1 mark each for every accurate question framed

Note : No marks to be awarded if there is any inaccuracy. The eightquestions should cover at least any of the two areas specifiedfor the interview in the given question.

Sample questions :

a) Which is the best TV available in the market these days?

b) What is the price of this TV?

c) What are its special features?

d) Is the company offering any discount on it?

e) Will you come and install it at home?

f) Can I see the different sizes of T. V. sets?

g) How clear is the picture on this one?

h) How many channels will I get on this TV?

Q10. DIALOGUE WRITING TOTAL 3 MARKS

Objectives : to be able to extend a situation into a meaningful dialogue.

Marking : ½ mark each for every correct dialogue provided it is accuratelyand appropriately expressed. No marks should beawarded if there is any inaccuracy. This includes inaccuraciesin grammar, spelling or punctuation. 3 marks

Page 74: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

63

Sample Answers:

1. I:What are your qualifications?

2. Raj: I have graduated with Economics from Delhi University.

3. I: Why have you applied for a job in a call center?

4. Raj: I am very interested in the work done in a call center

5. I: But are you prepared to work at night and what are your salaryexpectations?

6. Raj: Yes I don’t mind working at night and I would expect a salary infour figures

SECTION D: LITERATURE TOTAL 35 MARKS

Q11. REFERENCE TO CONTEXT TOTAL 6 MARKS

Objective : to test students’ comprehension of poetry --- local, global,interpretative, inferential and evaluative

Marking : 6 marks

Answers:

OPTION (1) SURVIVORS

a) Survivors ½Siegfried Sassoon ½

b) The wounded soldiers / combatants ½who have survived the war /returned from the war ½

c) The war is responsible ½

They are suffering the effects of the war/haunted nights / shattered

dreams/disillusionment / a disorder called neurasthesia (any one) ½

d) The non combatants / the common man / politicians / people

who sent them to war (any one) 1

e) No ½This is the opinion of the noncombatants ½

They are unaware of the horrors of trench warfare and mistakenly believethat the injured soldiers are eager to return to the battlefield 1

OPTION (2) CURTAIN

a) The separation/end of the relationship of the two lovers is the quietdisaster / 1

poetic device- unusual collocation / oxymoron / irony / metaphor(any one) 1

Page 75: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

64

b) The two lovers are the Hamlets 1

They have been called so because like Hamlet they will now exist in theirindividual lonely worlds and not be able to share their grief with anyone else./

They will talk to themselves (soliloquies) no one to hear them /They will always wonder whether their decision to separate was awise one. (any 1 reason) 1

c) Quiet disaster-disaster cannot be quiet

white murder-murder leads to bloodshed so it can’t be whitemurder of one kiss / Are born two ghosts- murder can’t lead tobirth (any 2) 2

Q12. ANSWERS (POETRY) TOTAL 3×3=9 MARKS

Objectives : to test students’ comprehension of poetry - local and global

Marking : Content: 2 marks

Expression: 1 mark

a) It starts with the smell of the black bone tree.

She has shrunk in size- her saris hang loosely / She is no longer as active asshe used to be / Her hands are gnarled like an eagle’s / feather of a one timewing / (any two)

b) Like the flight of a bird, a good poem symbolizes freedom of thought,rhythm, a wholeness or unity, soaring above the mundane, lifting of spirits/ imagination/flight of fancy / creativity (at least 3)

c) They are the bright sun, the wind stirring the grass, the flowing river, thesinging of the bird and the blooming of the buds and their perfume thatspreads all around.( 1 example each of sound, smell and sight.)

d) It has been personified as a young girl / woman

She can be seen sitting either on the granary floor, sound asleep by the halfreaped furrow, carrying grains across the brook like a gleaner, watching theoozing of apple juice by the cider-press, (all 4 points)

Q13. ANSWERS (PLAY) TOTAL 5 MARKS

Objectives : to test the students’ ability to comprehend plays, understandcharacter etc.

Marking : Content: 3 marks

Expression: 2 marks

Page 76: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

65

OPTION (1) ALEXANDER

Alexander loved / respected Queen Mother

Perdiccas had gone to Babylon to bring Queen Mother.

Late because rivers were in flood and he did not want to risk her safety

He was surprised to learn that Alexander was breaking camp on his way to conquerIndia.

Felt it was too early and too cold to go to India yet.

OR

OPTION (2) MONKEY’S PAW

- did not believe in it but curiosity aroused

- forced Sergeant Morris to sell paw to him

- but after the first wish felt the paw turn in hand

- started suspecting powers of paw

- also felt saw faces in fire

- later after son’s death started believing in its powers

- tried to stop wife from making second wish on it

- finally used third wish to send his son’s spirit to rest in peace

Q14. ANSWERS (FICTION) TOTAL 3×3=9 MARKS

Objective : to test student’s ability to comprehend, interpret and evaluateprose texts

Marking: Content: 2 marks

Expression: 1 mark

a) (probably) become careless about his wealth / allowed someone else to takeit / had taken it for granted / become greedy and wanted more and more tillit had all become too hard to keep, (any two)

b) The earth / life has become a rundown machine because it is full of pollution,is over populated and losing its natural resources due to over exploitationhence it is no longer in good condition / human life has become toomechanical and people become exhausted and have no time for leisure(notin harmony with nature) (any one)

c) The war and its effect on the people and the environment made Lisa say this.She thought that the soldiers were the real heroes

It was not appropriate to make eloquent speeches in the presence of thedead and the dying. / felt love no longer existed

Page 77: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

66

d) It refers to human ambition / motive / desire for approval and appreciation /recognition / from fellow men.

becomes dangerous when one wants to be regarded as better, stronger ormore intelligent than others / leads to unhealthy competition, (any other similaranswer conveying the value points).

Q15. LONG ANSWERS (FICTION) Total 6 marks

Objectives : to test students’ ability to comprehend prose

texts globally, interpret and evaluate them

Marking : Content 3 marks

Expression 3 marks

OPTION (1) JUDGEMENT OF PARIS

Note : Marks should be awarded for the student’s creativity

Suggested Value Points:- Worried about the effect of Robichon’s speech on audience

- Thought of a plan to catch Robichon unaware, disguised as Marquis deThevenin

- Wonders whether Robichon will agree to meet him after the performance

- Do or die situation- last chance to win Suzanne- not going to give up soeasily

OROPTION (2) ROOM 10’×8'- Feelings towards her own mother-in -law

- Has moved into new house but not excited

- Daughter-in-law becomes mistress of the house

- Resents the fact that she has got the house without lifting a finger towards itsconstruction

- Feelings at being relegated to the room 10’×8'

QUESTION PAPER CODE 212

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

SECTION A (READING) 20 MARKS

Al. READING DR. ARATHI TOTAL: 12 MARKS

Objective : To identify and understand main parts of the text.

Marking : As marked in the question paper. No penalty for mistakes ofspelling and grammar. Accept any other answer equivalent inmeaning to the answers given below. 9 marks

Page 78: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

67

Answers:Al.l

a. She decided to have the child because Dr. Arathi told her that her sister whowas childless would adopt the child 1and give her money for it 1

b. Because of her feelings of attachment /mother’s love 1It was tiny and dependent 1

c. She had not expected her to say that she did not like her lecture / she wastaken aback by Meera’s comment that life was not like that 1

d. Because they were too poor to treat her blindness 1so they just abandoned her at the bus stop 1

e. Meera had glorified motherhood 1Manjula’s experience with her own mother had shown her that povertycould force a mother to forsake her child / that poverty is more powerfulthan motherhood. 1

A1.2 VOCABULARY

Objective : To deduce the opposites of words / phrases

Marking : 1 mark each

Answers : 3 marks(i) tiny(ii) fiction(iii) expensive

A.2 NOTE MAKING AND SUMMARIZING TOTAL: 8 MARKS

Objective : To develop the skill of taking down notesTo develop the extracted ideas into a sustained piece of writing.

Marking : Note making 5 marksHeading and indentation ½ + ½ markAbbreviations / Symbols 1 mark(with or without key,minimum four)

Content 3 marks(minimum three sub headings)

Important Instructions:

The notes provided below are only guidelines. Any other title, main points and subpoints should be accepted if they are indicative of the students' understanding ofthe given passage and the notes include the main points with suitable and recognizableabbreviations.

Page 79: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

68

Complete sentences should not be accepted as notes. Half a mark shouldbe deducted from the total if the student writes complete sentences.

Numbering of points can be indicated in different ways and these should be acceptedas long as a consistent pattern.

A 2.1 Note making

Note : if the student has attempted only the summary or only the notes,

due credit should be given.

Suggested Notes

Heading - The World of Feathers (or similar heading)

I Features

1. soft,

2. splendid array of

i. colours

a. crow- ebony

b. canary- bright yellow

c. parrot- green

d. used as cmflge

ii. shapes

iii. sizes

3. light

4. resilient

5. strong

6. nature’s finest marvels

II. Shapes and Functions

1. flight feathers on wings straight & stiff

2. feathers covering body overlap giving

i. aerodynamic shape for efficient flight

ii. snug jacket keeping out wind, water & cold

3. tail feathers--- lifting/ steering/ braking/ balanced flight

III. Methods of Cleaning & Grooming

1. spend large part of day in this

2. apply oil

3. bathe in water or dust

4. scratch and preen to

i. straighten feathers

Page 80: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

69

IV. Process of molting1. replacement of old feathers with new2. takes place one or more times a yr3. no. varies from 25,000-1,000

V. Feathers and Humans1. worn by tribals in

i. Africa,ii. Asia,iii . Australiaiv. Red Indians-headdress

2. Greek mythology-Daedalus attached feathered wings3. used in

i beddingsii. pillows

VI. Composition —made of keratin

Suggested Abbr eviations:1. cmflge- camouflage2. &-and3. yr-year4. 25,000-1,000-twenty five thousand to one thousand5. any other

A2.2 SUMMARY

Marking : Content 2 marksExpression 1 mark

Note :Considering the numerous facts mentioned in the notes about the world offeathers, due consideration should be given to the students if they do notcover all the points in the summary which is accepted to be concise. Thesummary should cover the essential details only.

SECTION B: WRITING TOTAL: 30 MARKS

Q.3. INVITATION CARD TOTAL: 5 MARKS

Objectives : To write in an appropriate style for writing an invitation card

Marking :Layout 1 mark(centrally aligned and placed in a box)

Content 2 marks

Expression 2 marks

Page 81: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

70

Suggested Value Points

- issuing authority- Danapur National School, Patna/Principal, Staff andStudents

- event - celebrating Sports Day

- on the 24th of March / time / venue

- Mr. Rohit David-Chief Guest

- R.S.V.P

Q.4. NOTICE TOT AL: 5 MARKS

Objective : To write in an appropriate style and format of a notice

Marking : Format 1 mark

(mention of the word Notice,

issuing authority, heading,

date of issue, signatory and designation)

Content 3 marks

Expression 1 mark

Suggested Value Points:

- collection of old clothes / books /toys being organized for the poorchildren of the locality

- date of submission

- venue

- other relevant information

Q.5. LETTER TO THE EDITOR TOT AL: 10 MARKS

OPTION (1)

Objective : To use an appropriate style to write a formal letter.

To plan, organize and present ideas coherently.

Marking :

Format 2 marks

(1. sender’s address, 2. addressee’s address,

3. date, 4.subject, 5. salutation, 6.complimentary close

7. sender’s signature / name)

Content 4 marks

Expression 4 marks

(2 marks for fluency 2 marks for accuracy)

Page 82: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

71

Suggested Value Points

- mention newspapers printing objectionable photographs of femaleathletes / sportspersons / other women / male dominated society

- primary aim --- to increase circulation of newspaper- less coverage to achievements and quality work done- mention effects of such irresponsible reporting on players / readers- suggestions on how to deal with this problem- other relevant information

OPTION (2)

COMPLAINT LETTER TOT AL: 10 MARKS

Objectives : To use an appropriate style to write a formal letter. To plan,organize and present ideas coherently.

Marking :Format 2 marks(1. sender’s address, 2. addressee’s address,3. date, 4.subject, 5. salutation, 6. complimentary close,7. sender’s signature / name)

Content 4 marks

Expression 4 marks(2 marks for fluency; 2 marks for accuracy)

Suggested Value Points- recently bought a new colour TV- receipt number / date of purchase- warranty- upset because the set is not functioning properly-defects- asking for a replacement of the set

Q6. ARTICLE --- SAVING ENDANGERED ANIMALS TOTAL: 10 MARKS

OPTION (1)Objective : To write in an appropriate style required for an article

To plan / organize and present ideas coherently.To transcode / analyse given information and arrive atconclusions.

Marking :Format: Title and writer’s name 1 markContent: Credit should be given for the 4 markscandidate’s creativity in presenting

his / her ideas. However, the points givenbelow may be included.

Page 83: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

72

Expression : 5 marks

Fluency (2½ marks)

Accuracy (2½ marks)

Suggested Value Points:

- both people and tigers should coexist

- consequences of meddling --- if one destroyed, other will be affected too

- protection of interests of people living in tiger reserves

- suggestions on how to conserve environment and save the animals

especially endangered

OROPTION (2)

SPEECH --- CAPITAL PUNISHMENT TOTAL: 10 MARKS

Objective : To write in an appropriate style required for a speech

To plan / organize and present ideas coherently.

To transcode / analyse given information and arrive at

conclusions.

Marking :Format: Introduction of speech and appropriate ending. 1 mark

Content: Credit should be given for the candidate’s

creativity in presenting his/her ideas. However, the

points given below may be included 4 marks

Expression: 5 marks

Fluency (2½ marks)

Accuracy (2½ marks)

Suggested Value Points

- wisdom of retaining death penalty

- either in support or against this form of punishment

- for --- acts as deterrent

- removes threat

- safer society

- against --- innocent can be killed

- killing not affected crime rate

- no chance of reformation

Page 84: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

73

SECTION C: GRAMMAR TOTAL: 15 MARKS

Q7. REARRANGING TOTAL: 3 MARKS

Objectives : To be able to present ideas in grammatically logicalsequence.

Marking : For every correct answer. ½ markAward marks to the answer written in point form orparagraph

Answer

a) Farmers have been faced with the problem of bringing water todry lands from the earliest times.

b) When men started farming crops in the Nile Valley in Egypt, they seemed tohave perfect conditions for farming.

c) But the Nile did not flow evenly throughout the year.

d) In summer it caused great floods, washing away precious soil.

e) While in winter the fields were dry and dusty and there was no water.

f) Therefore the Egyptians learnt how to control water and irrigate their lands

Q8. EDITING TOT AL: 5 MARKS

Objectives : to use grammatical items appropriately

Marking : ½ mark each Total 5 marks

Note: If the candidate copies the sentence and replaces the incorrect word withthe correct answer / writes only the corrected words, marks should beawarded.

Incorrect Correct

a) in on

b) would can/might

c) are is

d) was is

e) who which/that

f) it’s its

g) feather feathers

h) or and

i) the / great a / greatest

j) in with

Page 85: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

74

Q9. FRAMING QUESTIONS TOTAL: 4 MARKS

Objectives : to understand the context and frame relevant and appropriatequestion

Marking : 1 mark each for every accurate question framed

Note: No marks to be awarded if there is any inaccuracy. The eight questionsshould cover at least any of the two areas specified for the interview in thegiven question.

Sample Questions:a) What kind of families do they have?b) How do they spend their weekends?c) What kind of entertainment do they have?d) What kind of lifestyle do they have?e) What kind of food do they enjoy?f) How often do they travel?g) What kind of clothes do they wear?h) Do they spend a lot of time with their friends?

Q10. DIALOGUE WRITING TOTAL: 3 MARKS

Objectives : To be able to extend a situation into a meaningful dialogue.

Marking : ½ mark each for every correct dialogue provided it is accuratelyand appropriately expressed. No mark should be awarded ifthere is any inaccuracy.

This includes inaccuracies in grammar, spelling orpunctuation. 3 marks

Sample Answers :

Shyam : Good morning sir, I am Shyam.

Principal : Good morning Mr.Shyam, I see you are interested in joining the schoolas a PT teacher. What are your qualifications?

Shyam : I have obtained a Masters degree in Physical Education, Sir.

Principal : Have you worked in any other school?

Shyam : Yes Sir, I have an experience of about 12 years, out of which six yearswere at a boarding school.

Principal : Have you specialized in any particular game?

Shyam : Yes, I have played basketball at the national level.

Principal : Have you won any prizes?

Shyam : Yes, I was adjudged the best young basketball player in college andwas a member of the national team for five years.

Page 86: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

75

SECTION D: LITERATURE TOTAL: 35 MARKS

Q11. REFERENCE TO CONTEXT 6 MARKS

Objective : To test students’ comprehension of poetry--- local, global,interpretative, inferential and evaluative

Marking : 6 marks

Answers :

OPTION (1) OF MOTHER’S, AMONG OTHER THINGSa) Of Mother’s, Among Other Things; AK Ramanujan ½ + ½

b) It refers to the old mother. 1

c) It refers to the silk clothes and white flowers that the mother wore in heryouth 1as also the softness of the young mother’s skin 1

a) The wrinkled hands, the crippled fingers, the loss of mobility, reduced insize --- feather of a one time wing ½ × 4 = 2

Or

OPTION (2) ODE TO AUTUMN

a) Ode to Autumn; John Keats ½ + ½

b) Autumn 1

c) The sounds that can be heard during autumn; the wailful mourn of thegnats; loud bleating of the lambs; singing of the cricket; the whistling ofthe red breasts; and the twittering of the swallows. (any 2) 1+1

d) It refers to the plains that have been freshly harvested 1

e) The picture of the end of a day / of freshly cut fields, that is coloured by thelight of the soft glow of the setting sun. 1

Q12. ANSWERS (POETRY) TOTAL 3×3=9 MARKS

Objectives : To test students’ comprehension of poetry - local and global

Marking :Content: 2 marksExpression: 1 mark

a) Through the bird’s captivity, the poem conveys the feelings of those in bondage

/ the oppressed Afro-Americans, and the poet’s empathy for them and hisunderstanding and total identification with the pain and suffering of such people.

b) Curtain-symbol of separation

Poem talks about two lovers parting ways

Page 87: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

76

c) The father sells cabbage nets while the mother sells lace; She has to waitbecause the man she loves is an apprentice and cannot marry before sevenyears / he is under contract for seven years.

d) A good poem is symbolic and suggestive; it uses concrete objects toconvey abstract thoughts; it conveys feelings; (any other 3 similar pointsfrom the poem)

Q13. ANSWERS (PLAY) TOTAL: 5 MARKS

Objectives : To test the students’ ability to comprehend plays, understandcharacter etc.

Marking :Content: 3 marks

Expression: 2 marks

OPTION (1) ALEXANDER

Alexander’s character

- He is an adventurer- loves conquering lands- ambitious, brave

- He is restless, needs action / is happy when he is doing rather than thinking,wants to be remembered for what he does and not for what he is

- He is sensitive, emotional, impulsive---winning Queen mother’s approvalis important / throws away Parmenion’s locket

- He leads by example---burns his throne and his own belongings beforeexpecting his soldiers to follow his orders

- Or any other relevant points substantiated with examples from the text

OR

OPTION (2) MONKEY’S PAW

They get the paw from Sergeant Morris, a family friend. Initial reaction skeptical /curious---later on lose their son --- hence not happy

Q14. ANSWERS (FICTION) TOTAL 3×3=9 MARKS

Objective : To test students’ ability to comprehend, interpret and evaluateprose texts

Marking :Content: 2 marks

Expression: 1 mark

(a) - When Suzanne lays the condition of her marriage.

- Says she would marry the one who is judged to be the better actor ofthe two by the people of Paris.

- The two actors equally good, hence it would be impossible to decidethe contest.

Page 88: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

77

(b) According to Einstein true education should aim at

- training independently acting,

- and thinking individuals, who see in

- the service of the community their highest goal,

(c) - Officers appointed by Asoka to help the spread of law of piety,

- they had to ensure the welfare and happiness of the people

- as also the people living on the borders and other nations.

- to prevent wrongful imprisonment and help those in need

(d) - Mr. Malik had been transferred to Delhi

- had a plot of land, so decided to build house.

- to prevent disturbance in studies of children caused by regular transfers.

Q15. LONG ANSWERS (FICTION) TOTAL: 6 MARKS

Objectives : To test students’ ability to comprehend prose texts globally,interpret and evaluate them.

Marking :Content 3 marks

Expression 3 marks

OPTION (1) THE ACTRESS

Suggested Value Points :

- passionate about acting but something lacking

- Experiences at the front

- Audience reaction from mechanical to wild

- Loss of Doronin

- change from earlier performances--- pain made her understand the emotionsthat she was enacting

- transformed into a great actress

OPTION (2) GRIEF

Suggested Value Points:

- Missing daughter

- People in city cold and emotionless

- Tried sharing grief with passengers (give 2 examples)-but they did not listen

- Missing son

- Grief unbearable, finally unburdened to horse

Page 89: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

78

MATHEMATICS

Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 100

General Instructions :

(i) The question paper consists of three sections A, B and C. Section A is compulsory forall students. In addition to Section A, every student has to attempt either Section BOR Section C.

(ii) For Section A

Question numbers 1 to 8 are of 3 marks each.

Question numbers 9 to 15 are of 4 marks each.

Question numbers 16 to 18 are of 6 marks each.

(iii) For Section B/Section C

Question numbers 19 to 22 are of 3 marks each.

Question numbers 23 to 25 are of 4 marks each.

Question number 26 is of 6 marks.

(iv) All questions are compulsory.

(v) Internal choices have been provided in some questions. You have to attempt only oneof the choices in such questions.

(vi) Use of calculator is not permitted. However, you may ask for logarithmic and statisticaltables, if required.

QUESTION PAPER CODE 65/1/1

SECTION — A

1. Express the following matrix as the sum of a symmertic and a skew symmetricmatrix :

2. Using properties of determinants, prove the following :

Page 90: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

79

3. Solve the following differential equation :

4. Form the differential equation of the family of curves y = a sin (x + b),where a and b are arbitrary constants.

OR

Solve the following differential equation :

5. Evaluate :

6. Evaluate :

7. Two dice are rolled once. Find the probability that :

(i) the numbers on two dice are different

(ii) the total of numbers on the two dice is at least 4

8. A pair of dice is tossed twice. If the random variable X is defined as the numberof doublets, find the probability distribution of X.

9. Examine the validity of the following argument :

OR

Construct an input/output table of the following circuit :

Page 91: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

80

10. Differentiate sin (2x + 3) w.r.t. x from first principle.

11. If , find

12. Evaluate :

OR

Evaluate :

13. Evaluate :

14. Evaluate :

15. Verify Rolle's Theorem for the following function :

16. Using matrices, solve the following system of equations :

and

17. Find the point on the curve which is nearest to the point .

OR

Prove that the height of a right circular cylinder of maximum volume that can be

inscribed in a sphere of radius R is . Also find the maximum volume.

Page 92: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

81

18. Find the area of the region bounded by and x-axis in the

first quadrant.

OR

Evaluate as limit of a sum.

SECTION — B

19. If show that and

are perpendicular to each other.

20. Using vectors prove that the line segment joining the mid-points of non-parallel

sides of a trapezium is parallel to the base and is equal to half the sum of the

parallel sides.

21. A body, moving with a velocity of 36 km/hour, is brought to rest in 10 seconds.

Find the retardation and the distance travelled by the body before coming to

rest.

22. A particle is projected so as to graze the tops of two walls, each of height

10 m at 15 m and 45 m respectively from the point of projection. Find the angle

of projection.

OR

P, Q, R, S are points in a vertical line so that P is the highest and

PQ = QR= RS. If a body falls from rest at P, prove that the times of describing

the successive intervals are in the ratio .

23. ABC is a given triangle in which forces and act along OA, OB and

OC, where O is the incentre of the triangle, are in equilibrium. Prove that

24. Two like parallel forces and act on a rigid body at A and B respectively.

If and are interchanged in position, show that the point of application

of the resultant will be displaced through a distance

Page 93: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

82

25. Find the equation of the plane passing through the points (1, 2, 3) and

and parallel to the line

OR

Find the vector and cartesian equations of the sphere described on the join of

the points and as the extremities of a diameter.

26. The vector equations of two lines are :

and

Find the shortest distance between the above lines.

SECTION — C

19. In a factory, which manufactures nuts, machines A, B and C manufacture

respectively 25%, 35% and 40% of nuts. Of their outputs, 5, 4 and 2 per cent

respectively are defective nuts. A nut is drawn at random from the product

and is found to be defective. Find the probability that it is manufactured by

machine B.

20. If the mean and variance of a binomial distribution are respectively 9 and 6, findthe distribution.

OR

8% of people in a group are left handed. What is the probability that 2 or moreof a random sample of 25 from the group are left handed ?

[Use ]

21. What is the face value of a bill discounted at 5% per annum 73 days earlier than

its legal due date, the banker's gain being Rs. 10 ?

22. A bill for Rs. 21,900, drawn on July 10, 2005 for 6 months, was discounted

for Rs. 21,720 at 5% per annum. On what date was the bill discounted ?

23. A and B are partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio 3 : 4 respectively.

They admit C as a new partner, the new profit sharing ratio being 2 : 2 : 3

between A, B and C respectively. C pays Rs. 12,000 as premium for goodwill.

Find the amount of premium shared by A and B.

24. Find the present worth of an ordinary annuity of Rs. 1,200 per annum for 10

years at 12% per annum, compounded annually.

Page 94: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

83

25. If the total cost function is given by C = a + bx + cx2 where x is the quantityof output, show that

where MC and AC are marginal and average costs respectively.

OR

If the marginal revenue function for a commodity is MR find the

total revenue function and the corresponding demand function.

26. A dealer wishes to purchase a number of fans and sewing machines. He hasonly Rs. 5,760 to invest and has space for at most 20 items. A fan and sewingmachine cost Rs. 360 and Rs. 240 respectively. He can sell a fan at a profitof Rs. 22 and sewing machine at a profit of Rs. 18. Assuming that he can sellwhatever he buys, how should he invest his money in order to maximise hisprofit ? Translate the problem into LPP and solve it graphically.

QUESTION PAPER CODE 65/1

SECTION ‘A’

1. Express the matrix as the sum of a symmetric and skew

symmetric matrix.

2. Using properties of determinants, prove the following :

3. Solve the following differential equation :

4. Verify that is a solution of the differential equation

Page 95: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

84

OR

Solve the following differential equation :

5. Evaluate :

OR

Evaluate :

6. Evaluate :

7. Two cards are drawn successively with replacement from a well shuffled pack of

52 cards. Find the probability distribution of number of jacks.

8. A and B toss a coin alternately till one of them gets a head and wins the game. If A

starts first, find the probability that B will win the game.

9. Show that the following argument is invalid :

OR

Construct an input/output table for the following circuit :

10. Evaluate :

11. Differentiate w.r.t. x from first principles.

Page 96: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

85

12. If show that

OR

If , find

13. Prove that

Hence, evaluate

14. Evaluate :

15. Find the intervals in which the function is (a)increasing, (b) decreasing.

16. Using matrices, solve the following system of equations :

17. An open box, with a square base, is to be made out of a given quantity of metal

sheet of area . Show that the maximum volume of the box is

OR

A window is in the form of a rectangle surmounted by a semi-circle. If the totalperimeter of the window is 30 m, find the dimensions of the window so thatmaximum light is admitted.

18. Find the area of the region bounded by the parabola and the line

OR

Evaluate as limit of sums.

Page 97: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

86

SECTION B

19. Find the angle between the vectors and if and

20. Using vectors, prove that in a ∆ ABC,

Where a, b and c are lengths of the sides opposite, respectively, to the angles

A, B and C of ABC.

21. Find the coordinates of the point where the line

meets the plane x + y + 4z = 6.

22. Find the image of the point (1, 2, 3) in the plane x + 2y + 4z = 38.

23. Find the radius of the circular section of the sphere by the plane

24. The resultant of two forces and acting at an angle is equal to

and when they act at a angle the resultant is equal

to Show that

25. A body of mass 10 kg hangs by a string from a fixed point. The string is drawnout of the vertical by applying a force 49 N to the body. In which directionshould this force be applied in order that, in equilibrium, the deflection of thestring from the vertical may be 30° ? Also find the tension in the string.

26. A particle is projected so as a graze the tops of two walls, each of height 10m, at distance 15 m and 45 m respectively from the point of projection. Findthe angle of projection.

Page 98: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

87

SECTION C

19. In a bolt factory, machines A, B, C manufacture 25%, 35% and 40% respectivelyof the total bolts. Of their output 5%, 4% and 2% respectively are defectivebolts. A bolts is drawn at random and is found to be defective. Find theprobability that it is manufactured by machine B.

20. The mean and variance of the binomial distribution are 4 and respectively.

Find the distribution and

21. The banker's discount and banker's gain on a certain bill of exchange, due aftera certain time, are respectively Rs. 1,250 and Rs. 50. Find the face value ofthe bill.

22. A bill for Rs. 5,050 is drawn on April 13,2005. It is discounted on July 4, 2005at 5% per annum. If the banker's gain in the transaction is Rs. 0.50, find thenominal date of maturity of the bill.

23. A machine costs a company Rs. 5,75,000 and its effective life is estimatedto be 20 years. A sinking fund is created for replacing the machine at the endof its life-time when its scrap realises a sum of Rs. 75,000 only. Calculatewhat amount should be provided every year out of profits, for the sinkingfund if it accumulates an interest of 5% per annum, compounded

annually. [Use ]

24. A and B are partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio 5:3. C pays

Rs. 96,000 as premium for the goodwill of the business and is admitted for th

share. Show how this amount will be shared by A and B, assuming that theshare of C is contributed by A and B in their profit sharing ratio. Find also thenew profit sharing ratio.

25. The manufacturing cost of an item consists of Rs. 900 as overheads, the mateiral

costs Rs. 3 per item and labour cost is Rs. for x items produced. How

many items must be produced to have minimum average cost ?

26. David wants to invest at most Rs. 12,000 in Bonds A and B. According to therule, he has to invest at least Rs. 2,000 in Bond A and at least Rs. 4,000 inBond B. If the rates of interest on Bonds A and B respectively are 8% and 10%per annum, formulate the problem as L.P.P. and solve it graphically for maximuminterest. Also determine the maximum interest received in a year.

Page 99: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

88

Marking Scheme ---- Mathematics

General Instructions :

1. The Marking Scheme provides general guidelines to reduce subjectivity in the marking. The

answers given in the Marking Scheme are suggested answers. The content is thus indicative.

If a student has given any other answer which is different from the one given in the Marking

Scheme, but conveys the meaning, such answers should be given full weightage.

2. Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the marking scheme. It should not

be done according to one's own interpretation or any other consideration __ Marking

Scheme should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed.

3. Alternative methods are accepted. Proportional marks are to be awarded.

4. Marks may not be deducted in questions on integration if constant of integration is not

written.

5. In question(s) on differential equations, constant of integration has to be written.

6. If a candidate has attempted a question twice, marks obtained in the question attempted

first should be retained and the other answer should be scored out.

7. A full scale of marks - 0 to 100 has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full

marks if the answer deserves it.

Page 100: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

89

QUESTION PAPER CODE 65/1/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

SECTION ‘A’

1. 1 m

1 m

½ m

½ m

2.

1 m

First is symmetric andthe other skew-symmetric

Page 101: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

90

½ m

½ m

1 m

3. Integrating factor 1 m

The solution of differential equation is

1 m

1 m

4.

1 m

1 m

1 m

OR

Page 102: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

91

Let ½ m

½ m

½ m

Intergrating, we get

½ m

or ½ m

or

½ m

Page 103: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

92

5. 1½ m

1½ m

6. I 1 m

½ m

½ m

1 m

7. (i) P(Numbers on two dice are different) 1½ m

(ii) P (Total of numbers on two dice is atleast 4) 1½ m

8. Let x denote the number of doublets. Possible doublets are

(1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (4, 4), (5, 5), (6, 6)

Clearly X can take values 0, 1, 2

Probability of

(i) getting a doublet 1 m

(ii) not getting a doublet

P(X = 0) = P (no doublets) ½ m

Page 104: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

93

P (X = 1) = P (one doublet and one not doublet) ½ m

P ( X = 2) = P (both doublets) ½ m

Required probability distribution is

X 0 1 2

P(X) ½ m

9. The truth table for the problem is given below :

Hypotheses Conclusion

p q ~ p ~ q Correct

T T T F F Truth Table : .. 2½ m

T F T F T

F T T T F Critical Row 1 m

F F F T T

Conclusion shows F in the only critical row. Hence the givenargument is invalid ½ m

OR

The input / output table for the given circuit is given below :

Input Output

p q s Input ........ 1+1 m

1 1 1 Output ..... 2 m

1 0 1

0 1 0

0 0 1

Page 105: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

94

10.

1 m

1 m

1 m

1 m

11. ............ (i)

Taking log of both sides of (i), we get

1 m

2 m

1 m

12.

1 m

1 m

(1+1) = 2 m

Page 106: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

95

OR

Using ½ m

½ m

1 m

(1+1) = 2 m

13. ½ m

½ m

(1+1) = 2 m

1 m

Page 107: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

96

14. 1 m

1 m

(1+1) = 2 m

15.

The function f(x) is differentiable on [1, 2] and so it is continuous on [1, 2].

Also f (1) = f (2) = 0 1½ m All conditions of Rolle's Theorem are satisfied

1 m

1 m

the Rolle's theorem is verified ½ m

16. The system of equations can be written as

AX = B, where 1 m

or

1 m

Page 108: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

97

(one mark for every four correct elements) 2 m

½ m

1½ m

17. Let the point be . Let its distance from be d 1 m

1 m

1 m

1 m

When 1 m

The point is whose distance from the point is minimum 1 m

Page 109: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

98

OR

Figure 1 m

In right

½

V= Volume of cylinder 1½ m

1 m

1 m

Showing is negative maximum

Maximum Volume

1 m

Page 110: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

99

18. Figure 1 m

The required area of shaded region ABCD is

1½ m

1½ m

1 m

Square units 1 m

OR

We have to find as limit of a sum

½ m

1 m

1 m

1 m

1½ m

1 m

Page 111: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

100

SECTION ‘B’

19. 1 m

For to be perpendicular ½ m

1 m

½ m

20. Let and be the position vectors of

A, B and C respectively w.r.t. O. Let D and ½ mE be the mid-points of parallel sides OC and

AB respectively.

Positon vector of

(½+½)=1 m

½ m

is parallel to base and its length is half the sum of lengths of the1 m

parallel sides.

Page 112: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

101

21. Intial velocity (u) = 36 km/hour = 10 m/sec.

½ mFinal velocity (v) = 0

t = 10 seconds, let a be the accelration

Using v = u + at, we get

1 m

i.e., the retardation is 1 m/sec2

Let s be the distance travelled before coming to rest

Using we get ½

1 m

22. Let u be the initial velocity, the angle of

projection with the horizontal

Equation of path is

½ m

As A and B lie on the curve.

........... (i)

½+½=1m

.......... (ii)

From (i) and (ii)

½ m

1 m

or

Page 113: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

102

OR

Figure ½ m

As the body starts from rest at P, u = 0. Let ,

and

3t

be the times taken to travel from P to Q, P

to R and P to S

½ m

½ m

½ m

Time taken from Q to R

Time taken from R to S ½ m

Ratio of times taken to travel successive intervals is

½ m

23. Figure ½ m

Let O be the centre of the circle and

1 m

Page 114: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

103

Similarly, 1 m

Applying Lami's Theorem, we get

1 m

½ m

24. Let the forces and act at A and B

respectively. Let C be the point from

where resultant passes

1 m

½ m

When the forces are interchanged in position, let C ′ be the point from where ½ m

resultant passes, then

1 m

As P>Q, we get 1 m

Page 115: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

104

25. The equation of the plane passing through the point (1, 2, 3) is

1 m

It passes through

................. (i) 1 m

The plane is parallel to the line

It is to normal to the plane

.................................................... (ii) 1 m

From (i) and (ii), we get

½ m

Equation of plane is

½ m

OR

Equation of sphere with extremities of diameters as

1 m

1 m

1 m

Vector equation of sphere is

1 m

Page 116: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

105

26. Here1 m

1 m

1 m

1 m

Shortest distance d is given by

1 m

1 m

SECTION ‘C ’

19. Let the events , , and E be as follows

: the nut is manufactured by machine A

: the nut is manufactured by machine B ½ m

: the nut is manufactured by machine C

E : the nut manufactured is defective

1 m

½ m

1 m

Page 117: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

106

20. Here Mean = np = 9 and variance = npq = 6 1 m

1 m

Again np = 9

1 m

OR

Here 1 m

Required probability ½ m

½ m

1 m

21. Here (½+½)=1 m

½ m

1 mFace value of bill = Rs 101000 ½ m

22. Bankers Discount ½ m

Let the time be t years, r = 5%

then B.D.= srt 1 m

Legal due date = 13 January

The bill is withdrawn 60 days before 13 January ½ m

Counted back, we get1 m

Bill was discounted on 14 Nov. of same year.

Page 118: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

107

23. Profit sharing ratio of A and B initially = 3 : 4

½ m

Profit sharing ratio after joining of C = 2 : 2 : 3

½ m

Sacrificing ratio of A and B 1 m

= 1: 2

Share of A in premium = Rs 4000 (1+1) = 2 m

Share of B in premium = Rs 8000

24. We have

Here R = 1200, n = 10, r = 0.12 1 m

1½ m

1 m

Present value of ordinary annuity is Rs 6779 ½ m

25.

½ m

1 m

1 m

(½+1)=1½ m

Page 119: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

108

OR

½ m

1 m

1½ m

Demand function 1 m

26. Profit function P = 22 x +18 y, where x is the number 1 mof fans sold and y the number of sewing machines sold.

Constraints are 2 m

Graphing of problem and getting

feasible region as (0, 0), (16, 0) (8, 12) (0, 20)1½ m

1 m

P is maximum for 8 fans and 12 sewing½ mmachines.

Page 120: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

109

QUESTION PAPER CODE 65/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

SECTION - A

1. Writing = 1

∴ (A + ) = = 1

(A _ ) = = ½

∴ A = = + ½

The first matrix is symmetric and second is skew symmetric.

2. C1 C

1 + C

2 + C

3 , ∆ = = (a + b + c) 1

∆ = (a + b + c) 1

Expanding to get ∆ = (a + b + c) (3ab + 3bc + 3ca) = 3 (a + b + c) (ab + bc + ca) 1

R2 R

2 _ R

1

R3 R

3 _ R

1

Page 121: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

110

3. Given equation can be written as

+ cot x. y = cos x. sin x ∴ Integrating factor = = sin x ½ +½ = 1

∴ y. sin x = 1

⇒ y. sin x = + c or y = sin2 x + c. cosec x 1

4. = _ A sin x _ B cos x 1

∴ = _ A cos x + B sin x 1

∴ = _ (A cos x _ B sin x) = _ y ∴ + y = 0 1

∴ y = A cos x - B sin x is the solution of given differential equation

OR

Writing = = ½

Putting = v ⇒ v + x = ⇒ x = _ 1

∴ = _ ⇒ dv = _ ½

∴ 2 log v + 3 log (v _ 2) + 3 log (v + 2) + 8 log x = log c ½

⇒ v2 (v2 _ 4)3 x8 = c ⇒ y2 (y2 _ 4x2)

3 = c ½

5. I = 1+1

1

Page 122: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

111

OR

I = 1½

6. 1+1

1

7. 1

Number of Jacks (X) : 0 1. 2.

P(X) : 1½

½

8. P (Head) P (Tail) 1

P (B wins)

1

1

Page 123: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

112

9. The truth table for the hypothesis and conclusion is:

There is only one critical row in which the conclusion is false ⇒ Argument is invalid ½

OR

First two colums ½ + ½

For s = p v (~ q) 1

Correct Output 2

10. 1

1+1

1

For correct truth table 2½

Critical row For critical row 1

Page 124: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

113

11. 1

1

1

1

12. Getting 1½

∴ 1

OR

Put 1

1

1

1

Page 125: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

114

13. RHS = 1

= = LHS 1

I = ..................... (i) ½

= ....... (ii) ½

⇒ 2I = ½

⇒ I = π/4 ½

14. I =

θθÿ dtan

Put tan θ = x2 ∴ sec2θ dθ = 2x dx ⇒ dθ = dx ½

= = + = + = I1+ I

I1 = = = where = t ½

1

I2 = = = where x + = z

1

∴ I = + ½

Page 126: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

115

15. 1

∴ Possible intervals are 1

Since (x) > 0 in

∴ f (x) is increasing in 1

And (x) < 0 in (2, 6) ∴ f (x) is decreasing in (2, 6) 1

16. Writing the system of equations as

= i.e AX = B ∴ X = A-1B 1

|A| = 3 (_1) + 1 (_5) +1 (4) = _3 _ 5 + 4 = _ 4 ≠ 0 1

a11

= _1, a12

= 5, a13

= 4,

a21

= 0, a22

= _ 4, a23

= _ 4 (1 Mark for any 4 correct co-factors) 2

a31

= _1, a32

= _ 7, a33

= _ 4,

∴ A_1 = _ ½

= _ =

∴ x = 1, y = _1, x = 1 1½

Page 127: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

116

17. Let the dimensions of box be ÿ = x, b = x, h = y

∴ Surface area = x2 + 4xy = c2 .................. (i) 1

Volume 1½

1+ ½

, i.e. negative. will give maximum volume. 1

∴ Maximum Volume = x (c2 _ x2) = = cubic units 1

OR

Let the dimensions of window be x, y.

∴ Perimeter = x + 2y + π = 30 m. ......... (i) 1

Area A = xy + π ................... (ii) 1

From (i), 1

1

y = ½

, i.e. negative

∴ x = will give Maximum area (i.e. Max. light) 1

∴ Dimensions of window for maximum light will be

, with radius = ½

Page 128: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

117

18. Correct Figure 1

Points of intersection of two curves

are x = − 1, x = 2. 1

∴ Required area = 1

= − 1½

= sq. Units 1½

OR

1+½

= 1

= 1

= 1

= ½

= 1

Page 129: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

118

SECTION B

19. Let 1

1

1

20. Let in ∆ ABC,

½

................... (i) ½

and ................... (ii) ½

1

½

21. 1

If the line meets the plane, then this point must satisfy the equation

of plane for some value of λ

(2λ−1) + (3λ−2) + 4 (4λ−3) = 6 λ = 1 1

Coordinates of required point are (1, 1, 1) 1

Page 130: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

119

22. Let P′(x, y, z) be the image of P in the given plane.

1

Any point on this line is (λ + 1, 2λ + 2, 4λ + 3)

If this point is Q, then (λ + 1) + 2 (2λ + 2) + 4 (4λ + 3) = 38

λ = 1 Q (2, 4, 7) 1

Q is the mid-point of

Image (P′) is (3, 6, 11) 1

23. 1½

AB2 = OA2 - OB2 = (5)2 - (3)2 = 16 AB = 4 1

i.e. radius of circular section = 4

24. 1½

1

Page 131: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

120

25. Correct Figure ½

Let the force 49 N act at angle of θ with the vertical

and let T be the tension in the string.

∴ By Lami’s theorem we have

= = 1

∴ = = ½

∴ sin (30° + θ°) = 1 ⇒ 30° + θ = 90° ⇒ θ = 60° 1

T = 98.sin60° = 98. = 49 N 1

26. Correct figure 1

Let u be the velocity of projection with angle

α

, then

using

1

at A, ......... (i) and 1

at B, ......... (ii) 1

Muliplying (i) by 9 and subtracting (ii) from it we get

1+1

SECTION C

19. Let E1 : bolt from machine A, E

2: bolt from machine B

E3 : bolt from machine C, H : Getting a defective bolt

1

1

Page 132: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

121

= ½

= ½

20. Mean = np = 4, Variance = npq = 1

1

∴ Distribution is

1

21. BD = s.r.t = 1250, s = face value, r = rate%, t = time ½

BG = BD - TD = s.r.t - ½

∴ 1250 rt = 50 (1+ rt) ⇒ rt = = 1

∴ s = = = Rs 30,000 1

22. BG = = 1

⇒ 505 t2 - t - 20 = 0 solving to get t = = 73 days 1

∴ Nominal date of maturity is 70 days ofter 4th July, 2005

∴ July Aug Sept

27 31 12 i.e 12th Sept 2005 1

Page 133: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

122

23. Amount = Rs [575000 - 75000] = Rs. 500,000 ½

rate % i = = 0.05, n = 20

Using S = ⇒ P = 1+½

P = = = 1

= Rs 15105.74 or Rs 15106 1

24. Profit sharing ratio of A and B is 5:3

Contribution is 1/5 share of C = . = 5/40 ½

Contribution is 1/5 share of C = . = 3/40 ½

∴ New Profit Sharing ratio A : B : C ½

or : : or 5 : 3 : 2 1

Since sacrificing ratio is 5 : 3

sA ′

share in goodwill money = . 96000 = Rs 60,000 1

share = Rs 36,000 ½

25. Cost function C(x) = 900 + 3x +

AC = + 3 + 1

(AC) 1

(AC) = 0 ⇒ x2 = 90000 ⇒ x = 300 1

x = 300 will give minimum A.C. 1

Page 134: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

123

26. Let Amount invested in Bonds A = Rs. x

and Amount invested in Bonds B = Rs. y

∴ L.P.P. becomes: Maximise I = + 1

subject to : x + y 12000

x 2000 1½

y 4000

x 0, y 0

For correct graph

& correct feasible region 2

IA = 160 + 1000 = 1160

IB = 160 + 400 = 560 1

IC = 640 + 400 = 1040

∴ For Maximum Interest

Amount invested in Bond A = Rs. 2000

Amount invested in Bond B = Rs. 10,000

Maximum Interest recieved = Rs. 1160 ½

Page 135: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

124

ECONOMICS

Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 100

General Instructions :

(i) All questions in both the sections are compulsory.

(ii) Marks for questions are indicated against each.

(iii) Question Nos. 1 and 13 are very short-answer questions carrying 1 mark for each part.

They are required to be answered in one sentence each.

(iv) Question Nos. 2-5 and 14-17 are short-answer questions carrying 3 marks each. Answer

to them should not normally exceed 60 words each.

(v) Question Nos. 6-9 and 18-21 are also short-answer questions carrying 4 marks each.

Answer to them should not normally exceed 70 words each.

(vi) Question Nos. 10-12 and 22-24 are long-answer questions carrying 6 marks each.

Answer to them should not normally exceed 100 words each.

(vii) Answers should be brief and to the point and the above word limits be adhered to as

far as possible.

(viii) All parts of a question should be answered at one place.

QUESTION PAPER CODE 58/1/1

Section A

1. Answer the following questions : 1×4

(i) When is a good called an ‘inferior good’ ?

(ii) Define marginal cost.

(iii) When is the supply of a commodity called ‘elastic’ ?

(iv) Define marginal physical product.

2. What is meant by consumer’s equilibrium ? State its condition in case of a single

commodity. 3

3. State the ‘total expenditure method’ of measuring price elasticity of demand. 3

4. What is meant by returns to a factor ? State the law of diminishing returns to a

factor. 3

Page 136: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

125

5. State any three causes of a rightward shift of supply curve. 3

6. The price elasticity of supply of a commodity is 2. When its price falls from Rs. 10

to Rs. 8 per unit, its quantity supplied falls by 500 units. Calculate the quantity

supplied at the reduced price. 4

7. What change in total revenue will result in (i) a decrease in marginal revenue, and

(ii) an increase in marginal revenue ? 4

8. Explain the problem of ‘what to produce’ with the help of an example.

Or

Why does an economic problem arise ? Explain the problem of ‘how to produce’. 4

9. Why is the average revenue curve of a firm under perfect competition parallel to

x-axis and negatively sloped under monopoly ? 4

For Blind Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 9.

Why is a firm price taker under perfect competition and price maker

under monopoly ? Explain.

10. The total fixed cost of a firm is Rs. 12. Given below is its marginal cost schedule.

Calculate total cost and average variable cost for each given level of output. 6

Output (units) 1 2 3 4 5 6

Marginal cost (Rs.) 9 7 2 4 8 12

11. State three causes each for a rightward shift and a leftward shift of demand

curve. 6

12. How is the equilibrium price and equilibrium quantity of a normal commodity affected

by an increase in the income of its buyers ? Explain with the help of a diagram.

Or

At a given price of a commodity, there is ‘excess demand’. Is this price an

equilibrium price ? If not, how will the equilibrium price be reached ? (use diagram) 6

For Blind Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 12

Explain the effect of an increase in the income of the buyers of a commodity on

its equilibrium price and equilibrium quantity.

Or

Page 137: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

126

Define equilibrium price. at a given price of a commodity there is 'excess demand'.How will the equilibrium price be reached ? Explain.

Section B

13. Answer the following questions : 1×4

(i) Define macroeconomics.

(ii) In a government budget, revenue deficit is Rs. 50,000 crores and borrowingsare Rs. 75,000 crores. How much is the fiscal deficit ?

(iii) W hen will balance of trade show a deficit ?

(iv) Why is the study of the problem of unemployment in India considered amacroeconomic study ?

14. From the following data, calculate “gross value added at factor cost”. 3Rs. (in lakhs)

(i) Sales 180

(ii) Rent 5

(iii) Subsidies 10

(iv) Change in stock 15

(v) Purchase of raw materials 100

(vi) Profits 25

15. Explain the meaning of investment multiplier. What can be its minimum value and

why ? 3

16. Define aggregate demand. State its components. 3

17. State the basis of classifying government expenditure into revenue and capitalexpenditure. Give an example of each. 3

18. Explain any one of the following functions of a central bank :

(i) Currency authority, and (ii) lender of last resort.

Or

Explain the ‘acceptance of deposits’ function of a commercial bank. 4

19. Giving reasons, categorise the following into revenue receipts and capital receipts : 4

(i) Recovery of loans

(ii) Corporation tax

(iii) Dividends on investments made by government

(iv) Sale of a public sector undertaking

Page 138: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

127

20. What is meant by foreign exchange rate ? Why does a rise in foreign exchange

rate cause a rise in its supply ? 4

21. Explain the ‘store of value’ function of money. 4

22. From the following data calculate national income by (a) income method and

(b) expenditure method : 2,4

Rs. (in crores)

(i) Private final consumption expenditure 2,000

(ii) Net capital formation 400

(iii) Change in stock 50

(iv) Compensation of employees 1,900

(v) Rent 200

(vi) Interest 150

(vii) Operating surplus 720

(viii) Net indirect tax 400

(ix) Employers’ contribution to social security schemes 100

(x) Net exports 20

(xi) Net factor income from abroad (-) 20

(xii) Government final consumption expenditure 600

(xiii) Consumption of fixed capital 100

Or

From the following data calculate : 3,3

(a) Private income, and (b) Personal disposable income :

Rs. (in crores)

(i) Income from domestic product accruing to the private sector4,000

(ii) Savings of non-departmental public enterprises 200

(iii) Current transfers from government administrative departments 150

(iv) Savings of private corporate sector 400

(v) Current transfers from rest of the world 50

(vi) Net factor income from abroad (-) 40

(vii) Corporation tax 60

(viii) Direct personal taxes 140

23. Draw on a diagram a straight line savings curve for an economy. From it derive theconsumption curve, explaining the method of derivation. Show a point on theconsumption curve at which average propensity to consume is equal to 1. 6

Page 139: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

128

For Blind Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 23.

Explain the relationship between average propensity to consume and average

propensity to save. Can the value of average propensity to consume be greater

than 1 ? Give reasons for your answer.

24. Will the following factor incomes be included in domestic factor income of India ?

Give reasons for your answer. 6

(i) Compensation of employees to the residents of Japan working in Indian

embassy in Japan.

(ii) Profits earned by a branch of foreign bank in India,

(iii) Rent received by an Indian resident from Russian embassy in India.

(iv) Profits earned by a branch of State Bank of India in England.

QUESTION PAPER CODE 58/1

SECTION A

1. Answer the following questions : 1×4=4

(i) When is a good called a ‘normal good’ ?

(ii) Define fixed cost,

(iii) Define marginal revenue.

(iv) Price elasticity of supply of a good is 0.8. Is the supply ‘elastic’ or ‘inelastic’,

and why ?

2. Define marginal utility. State the law of diminishing marginal utility. 3

3. State any three factors that affect the price elasticity of demand of a commodity. 3

4. What is meant by returns to scale ? State the reasons for increasing returns to scale. 3

5. State any three causes of a leftward shift of supply curve. 3

6. When the price of a commodity rises from Rs. 10 to Rs. 11 per unit, its quantity

supplied rises by 100 units. Its price elasticity of supply is 2. Calculate its quantity

supplied at the increased price. 4

7. What will be the effect of the following changes in total revenue on marginal

revenue ? 4

(i) Total revenue increases at a decreasing rate,

(ii) Total revenue increases at a constant rate.

Page 140: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

129

8. Draw a production possibility curve. What does a point below this curve

indicate ? Explain. . 4

OR

Explain the problem of ‘what to produce’ with the help of an example.

For Blind Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 8

Explain the problem of ‘for whom to produce’ with the help of an example.

OR

Explain the problem of ‘what to produce’ with the help of an example.

9. Draw the average revenue curve of a firm under (i) monopoly and (ii) perfect

competition. Explain the difference in these curves, if any. 4

For Blind Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 9

Distinguish between monopoly and perfect competition.

10. Calculate total cost and average variable cost of a firm at each given level of

output from its cost schedule given below. 6

Output (units) Average fixed cost (Rs.) Marginal cost (Rs.)

1 60 32

2 30 30

3 20 28

4 15 30

5 12 35

6 10 43

11. Define market demand. State the factors that affect it. 6

12. How will an increase in the income of the buyers of an ‘inferior good’, affect its

equilibrium price and equilibrium quantity ? Explain with the help of a diagram. 6

OR

At a given price of a commodity, there is excess supply. Is it an equilibrium price ?

If not, how will the equilibrium price be reached ? (Use diagram)

Page 141: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

130

For Blind Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 12

Explain the effects of an increase in demand of a commodity on its equilibrium

price and equilibrium quantity.

OR

Explain the effects of an increase in supply of a commodity on its equilibrium price

and equilibrium quantity.

SECTION B

13. Answer the following questions : 1×4

(i) In a government budget, primary deficit is Rs. 10,000 crores and interest

payment is Rs. 8,000 crores. How much is the fiscal deficit ?

(ii) Give two examples of macro-economic variables.

(iii) Define macro-economics.

(iv) When will balance of trade show a surplus ?

14. From the.following data calculate ‘gross value added at factor cost’ : 3

(Rs. in lakhs)

(i) Net indirect tax 20

(ii) Purchase of intermediate products 120

(iii) Purchase of machines 300

(iv) Sales 250

(v) Consumption of fixed capital 20

(vi) Change in stock 30

15. What is meant by ‘investment multiplier’ ? Explain the relationship between marginal

propensity to consume and investment multiplier. 3

16. Define average propensity to save and marginal propensity to save. Can the value

of average propensity to save be negative ? Give reasons for your answer. 3

17. State the basis of classifying government receipts into revenue receipts and capital

receipts. Give an example of each. 3

18. How does a central bank perform the function of controller of credit ?

OR

Explain the meaning and any one function of a commercial bank. 4

Page 142: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

131

19. Giving reasons categorise the following into revenue expenditure and capitalexpenditure : 4

(i) Subsidies

(ii) Grants given to State Governments

(iii) Repayment of loans

(iv) Construction of school buildings

20. Define foreign exchange rate. Why does the demand for foreign exchange risewhen its price falls ? 4

21. Explain any one problem faced in the barter system. How has money solved thisproblem ? 4

22. From the following data calculate net national product at factor cost by (a) incomemethod, and (b) expenditure method : 3, 3

(Rs. in crores)

(i) Current transfers from rest of the world 100

(ii) Government final consumption expenditure 1,000

(iii) Wages and salaries 3,800

(iv) Dividend 500

(v) Rent 200

(vi) Interest 150

(vii) Net domestic capital formation 500

(viii) Profits 800

(ix) Employers’ contribution to social security schemes 200

(x) Net exports (—) 50

(xi) Net factor income from abroad (—) 30

(xii) Consumption of fixed capital 40

(xiii) Private final consumption expenditure 4,000

(xiv) Net indirect tax 300

OR

Calculate (a) private income, and (b) personal disposable income from thefollowing data :

(Rs. in crores)

(i) Income from property and entrepreneurship accruing to

government administrative departments 500

(ii) Savings of non-departmental public enterprises 100

Page 143: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

132

(iii) Corporation tax 80

(iv) Income from domestic product accruing to private sector4,500

(v) Current transfers from government administrative departments 200

(vi) Net factor income from abroad (—) 50

(vii) Direct personal taxes 150

(viii) Indirect tax 220

(ix) Current transfers from rest of the world 80

(x) Savings of private corporate sector 500

23. Why must aggregate demand be equal to aggregate supply at the equilibrium level

of income and output ? Explain with the help of a diagram. 6

For Blind Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 23

If in an economy aggregate demand and aggregate supply are not equal, what

changes will take place in the economy ? Explain.

24. Will the following factor incomes be a part of domestic factor income of India ?

Give reasons for your answer.

(i) Profit earned by foreign banks from their branches in India.

(ii) Salary received by Indian residents, working in American embassy in India.

(iii) Profits earned by an Indian company from its branch in Singapore.

(iv) Compensation of employees given to residents of China working in Indian

embassy in China. 6

Page 144: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

133

Marking Scheme ---- Economics

General Instructions

1. Please examine each part of a question carefully and allocate the marks allotted for the part

as given in the marking scheme below. Total marks for any answer may be put in a

circle on the left side where the answer ends.

2. The answers given in the marking scheme below are suggested answers. The content is thus

indicative. The candidates may express the content in various forms. But, for standardization

of evaluation it is necessary to follow the marking scheme suggested here on the basis of

expected content.

3. For mere arithmetical errors, there should be minimal deduction. Only ½ mark be deducted

for such an error.

4. Wherever only two/three or a "given" number of examples/factors/points are expected only

the first two/three or expected number should be read. The rest are irrelevant and must not

be examined.

5. There should be no effort at "moderation" of the marks by the evaluating teachers. The

actual total marks obtained by the candidate may be of no concern to the evaluators.

General Note :In case of numerical question no mark is to be given if only the final answer is

given.

QUESTION PAPER CODE 58/1/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

SECTION ‘A’

1. (i) A good is called inferior when a rise (fall) in the income of its buyer results in

a fall (rise) in its demand. 1

(ii) Marginal cost is the addition to total cost when an additional unit of output is

produced. 1

(iii) When its elasticity of supply is greater than one. 1

(iv) Marginal physical product is the addition to total physical product when an

additional unit of an input is employed. 1

Page 145: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

134

2. Consumer’s equilibrium refers to a situation when a consumer gets maximum

satisfaction by spending his income, 1½

Condition of equilibrium : 1½

3. (i) When a rise (fall) in the price of a commodity results in a fall (rise) in total

expenditure on it, then its elasticity of demand is greater then one. 1

(ii) When a change in the price a commodity results in no change in total

expenditure on it, then its elasticity of demand is equal to one. 1

(iii) When a rise (fall) in the price of a commodity results in a rise(fall) in total

expenditure on it, then its elasticity of demand is less than one. 1

4. Change in total physical product, when an additional unit of a variable factor is

employed with fixed factors, is called returns to a factor. 1

As more and more units of variable factor are used with fixed factors, after a

certain level, its marginal physical product decreases with further employment of

it. This is the law of diminishing returns to a factor. 2

5. (i) Improvement in technology 1

(ii) Fall in input prices 1

(iii) Fall in price of related products, etc. 1

6. 1

½

Quanitity supplied at the reduced price 1

7. (i) An increase in total revenue at a diminishing rate or a decrease in total

revenue will result in a decrease in marginal revenue 2

(ii) An increase in total revenue at an increasing rate will result in an increase in

marginal revenue 2

8. An economy has only limited resources and these resources have alternative uses.

So all the goods and services required in an economy cannot be produced. This

gives rise to the problem of what to produce with the given resources. 2

Explanation with the help of an example: 2

Page 146: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

135

OR

An economic problem arises because wants are unlimited and the resources are

limited and have alternative uses. 2

Most of the goods can be produced by using different techniques of production

such as labour intensive or capital intensive technique. Which technique

should be used is the problem of how to produce. This problem arises because

the resources are limited. 2

9. Under perfect competition the price is determined by the industry and at this price

a firm can sell any quantity. So the demand curve i.e. AR curve is perfectly elastic

under perfect competition. Under monopoly the firm can sell more only at a lower

price, so the AR curve is negatively sloped. 4

Expected answer for the question for blind candidates

Under perfect competition the price is determined by the industry and this price is

the given price for a firm. At this price the firm can sell any quantity of the commodity.

It cannot influence the price because its share in total supply is insignificant. So a

firm under perfect competition is a price taker. 2

Under monopoly , a firm can charge any price. However it can not sell any quantity

at that price. If it decides to charge a high price its sales will be less. So a monopolist

is a price maker. 2

10. Output F.C. M.C. TVC AVC TC

(Units) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)

1 12 9 9 9 21

2 12 7 16 8 28

3 12 2 18 6 30

4 12 4 22 5.5 34

5 12 8 30 6 42

6 12 12 42 7 54 ½×12

11. Causes for a rightward shift of demand curve:

(i) Increase in income of buyers (normal good)

(ii) Increase in price of a substitute good.

(iii) Decrease in price of a complementary good.

(iv) Favourable change in taste / fashion for the commodity

(Any three) 1×3

Page 147: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

136

Causes for a leftward shift of demand curve:

(i) Decrease in income of buyers (normal good)

(ii) Decrease in price of substitute good

(iii) Increase in price of complementary good

(iv) Unfavourable change in taste / fashion.

(Any three) 1×3

12. An increase in the income of the buyers of a normal commodity results in an

increase in its demand (more demand at the same price ). An increase in demand

results in a rightward shift of demand curve as shown by dotted demand curve in

the diagram. 1

2

Explanation :

The given equilibrium price and quantity are OP and OQ respectively , Increase in

income results in a rightward shift of demand curve (dd’). At price OP now the

quantity demanded is OQ2 which is more than the quantity supplied (OQ). This

will result in competition among buyers leading to a rise in price. A rise in price will

result in an upward movement along the demand curve and supply curve as per

the law of demand and law of supply. This is shown by the arrows in the diagram.

These changes will continue till the price rises to a level at which quantity demanded

and supplied are equal. This price in the diagram is OP1. The new equilibrium

price (OP1) is greater than old equilibrium price (OP). The new equilibrium quantity

(OQ1) is also greater than old equilibrium quantity (OQ). 3

OR

The price at which there is excess demand, can not be an equilibrium price because

at equilibrium price the quantity demanded must be equal to the quantity supplied. 1

Page 148: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

137

2

In the above diagram , the given price is shown as OP and at this price excessdemand is equal to TR. This will result in competition among buyers causing a risein price. A rise in price would result is upward movement along demand curve andsupply curve as per the law of demand and law of supply. This is shown by arrowsin the diagram. This reduces the excess demand. These changes will continue tillthe price rises to a level at which excess demand is whiped out. Such a price isOP

1 at which quantity demanded and quantity supplied both are equal to OQ

1.

OP1 is the equilibrium price. 3

Expected answer for question for blind candidates:-

An increase in the income of the buyers of a commodity results in an increase in itsdemand. 1

With no change in supply, an increase in demand at the given equilibrium price will

result in excess demand. 1

Excess demand will result in competition among buyers, It will raise the price. Arise in price will result in reducing the quantity demanded and increasing the quantitysupplied. This will reduce the excess demand. These changes will continue till theprice rises to a level at which the quantity demanded and supplied are equal. Thiswill be the new equilibrium price. The new equilibrium price will be higher than theold equilibrium price. The new equilibrium quantity would be more than the old

equilibrium quantity. 4

ORThe price at which quantity demanded and quantity supplied of a commodity are

equal is called the equilibrium price. 1

Excess demand at a given price means the quantity demanded is greater than thequantity supplied at that price. This will result in competition among its buyers,which will result in rise in price. A rise in price will reduce demand and increasesupply. Thus the original gap between quantity demanded and quantity suppliedwill be reduced. These changes will continue til! the price rises to a level at whichquantity demanded will be equal to quantity supplied. This would be the equilibriumprice. 5

Page 149: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

138

SECTION 'B'

13. (i) That branch of economics which deals with the behavior of nationalaggregates. 1

(ii) Fiscal deficit = Rs. 75000 crores 1

(iii) When the value of imports of goods is greater than the value of exports ofgoods. 1

(iv) Because the problem relates to the economy as a whole 1

14. Gross value added @ f.c. = (i) + (iv) – (v) + (iii) 1

= 180 + 15 – 100 + 10 1½

= Rs. 105 lakhs ½

15. When investment expenditure increases (decreases) the income increases(decreases) and the total increase (decrease) in income is a multiple of theincrease (decrease) in investment. So investment multiplier is the number bywhich change in investment must be multiplied in order to get the change in

income. Its value is given by the following equation.

2

The minimum value of mpc can be zero.

So the minimum value of multiplier is 1. 1

16. Total demand for goods & services in an economy is called aggregate demand. 1Its components are :

(i) Private consumption

(ii) Private investment

(iii) Govt. expenditure and

(iv) Net exports ½×4

17. An expenditure that neither creates an asset nor reduces a liability is categorisedas revenue expenditure. If it creates an asset or reduces a liability it is catagorised

as capital expenditure. 2

Examples : Cap. Exp - repayment of loan etc. ½

Rev. Exp. - Salaries to govt. employees etc. ½

18. A detailed explanation is required (To be marked as a whole)

OrA detailed explanation is needed (To be marked as a whole) 4

Page 150: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

139

19. (i) Recovery of loans reduces an asset, so it is a capital receipt 1

(ii) Corporation tax neither creates a liability nor reduces an asset, so it is a

revenue receipt 1

(iii) Dividends neither create a liability for the government nor any asset is reduced,

so it is a revenue receipts, 1

(iv) Sale of public sector undertaking reduces an asset, so it is a capital receipt. 1

(Marks be given only if reasons are given)

20. Foreign exchange rate is the price of one currency in terms of another currency. 1

A rise in foreign exchange rate means the price of a foreign currency increases in

terms of domestic currency. This makes home country’s goods cheaper to

foreigners. So it increases exports. Increase in exports will increase the supply of

foreign exchange. Thus the supply of foreign exchange increases as its rate

increases. 3

(explanation with any other relevant example may also be treated as correct)

21. Money can be stored for use in future.

[a brief explanation]

(To be marked as a whole.) 4

22. (a) Income method

National Income = (iv) + (vii) + (xi) 1

= 1900 + 720-20 1½

= Rs 2,600 crores ½

(b) Expenditure method

National Income = (i) + (xii) + (ii) + (x) + (xi) - (viii) 1

= 2000 + 600 + 400 + 20 - 20 - 400 1½

= Rs 2,600 crores ½

Or

(a) Private income = (i) + (iii) + (v) + (vi) 1

= 4000 +150 + 50-40 1½

= Rs 4,160 crores ½

(b) Personal disposable income = Private income – (iv) – (vii) – (viii) 1

= 4160 – 400 – 60 – 140 1½

= Rs 3,560 crores ½

Page 151: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

140

23.

2

SS’ is the saving curve which shows negative savings equal to OS at zero level 1of income and zero saving at O A level of income. At zero level of incomeconsumption expenditure is equal to OC which is equal to negative saving of OSat that level of income So C is the starting point of consumption curve Savings arezero at OA level of income as the whole of income is spent. So at OA level ofincome, consumption expenditure must be equal to OD=OA. This gives a point Bon the consumption curve. By joining C and B and extending it further we getconsumption curve. 2

At point B on the consumption curve, total consumption expenditure (C) is equalto total income (Y). So C/Y=1. Hence at point B on consumption curve APC=1. 1

Expected answer for question for blind candidates:

Average propensity to consume is the ratio of consumption expenditure and income,(C/Y). Average propensity to save is the ratio of saving and income, S/Y. As theincome is consumed or saved, the sum of average propensity to consume andaverage propensity to save is always equal to 1. The higher (lower) the APC, the

lower (higher) will be the APS. 4

The value of APC = C/Y. It can be greater than one if C is greater than Y. At verylow levels of income, savings are spent to meet the very basic necessities. So atthese levels of income C is greater than Y and thus value of APC can be greaterthan 1. 2

24. (i) Indian embassy in Japan is a part of domestic territory of India. Socompensation of employees paid to Japanese working there is a part of

domestic factor income of India. 1½

(ii) The branch of foreign back is located in domestic territory of India. Anyfactor income earned in domestic territory is a part of domestic factor income.

So it is a part of domestic factor income of India. 1½

D

Page 152: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

141

(iii) This factor income is not earned in the domestic territory of India becauseRussian embassy in India is not a part of domestic territory of India. So it willnot be included in domestic factor income of India. 1½

(iv) The branch of SBI in England is not located within the domestic territory ofIndia, so profits earned by it are not part of domestic factor income of India. 1½

(No marks be given if reasons are not given)

QUESTION PAPER CODE 58/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

SECTION ‘A’

1. (i) When a rise in income of its buyers results in a rise in its quantity demanded. 1(ii) Cost that does not change with change in output 1(iii) Addition to total revenue by sale of an additional unit of out-put 1(iv) Inelastic, because price elasticity of supply is less than one ½+½

2. Addition to total utility when one more unit of a commodity is consumed. Or utilityfrom the last unit of a commodity consumed. 1

As more and more units of a commodity are consumed each additional unit giveslesser and lesser utility. This is the law of diminishing marginal utility. 2

3. Factors affecting price elasticity of demand :(i) Availability of substitutes,(ii) Proportion of total expenditure spent on the commodity(iii) Habits(iv) Time period

or any other relevant factor(Any three) 1×3

4. When all the inputs are increased simultaneously and in the same proportion thenthe resultant increase in output is called returns to scale. 1

Production on large scale facilitates division of labour and specialization. Thisresults in increase in productivity. 2

5. Causes of leftward shift of supply curve :

(i) Rise in the prices of related goods.

(ii) Rise in the prices of the inputs.

(iii) Increase in excise tax, or any other tax on production

(iv) Any other relevant factor

(Any three) 1×3

Page 153: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

142

6. 1

½

Supply at the increased price =

= 500 + 100 = 600. 1

7. (i) MR will be positive and decreasing 2

(ii) MR will be positive and constant 2

8.

Diagram 2

Explanation about pt. P 2

OR

An economy has only limited resources and these resources have alternative uses.So all the goods and services required in an economy cannot be produced. Thisgives rise to the problem of what to produce with ihe given resources. 2

Explanation with the help of an example: 2

Expected answer for the question for blind candidates

The problem is of making a choice as to how to distribute goods and servicesamong people. The distribution must be among those who can purchase these.Only those who have income can purchase. So, the problem is essentially theproblem of how to distribute income among people. People earn income in theform of wages, profit, interest and rent. 4

(To be marked as a whole)OR

An economy has only limited resources and these resources have alternative uses.So all the goods and services required in an economy cannot be produced. Thisgives rise to the problem of what to produce with the given resources. 2

Explanation with the help of an example: 2

Page 154: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

143

9.

1×2

Reasons : In monopoly a firm can sell more only at a lower price. 1

In perfect competition a firm can sell any quantity at a given price. 1

Expected answer for the question for blind candidates

Perfect Competition Monopoly

(i) Large number of sellers (i) A single seller,

(ii) Homogeneous product (ii) No close substitute of product

(iii) Firm is the price taker (iii) Firm is the price maker 2×2

(Any two points of distinction)

10. Output AFC TFC MC TVC AVC TC(Units) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)

1 60 60 32 32 32 92

2 30 60 30 62 31 122

3 20 60 28 90 30 150

4 15 60 30 120 30 180

5 12 60 35 155 31 215

6 10 60 43 198 33 258 ½×12

11. It is the total demand by all the buyers of a commodity at a given price and in agiven period of time. Determinants of market demand :- 1

(i) Price of the commodity.

(ii) Income of its buyers.

(iii) Prices of related goods.

(iv) Tastes of the buyers.

(v) Number of buyers of the commodity. 1×5

Page 155: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

144

12. Increase in the income of buyers of an inferior good will result in decrease in itsdemand. It means the demand curve will shift to the left as shown in the diagram: 1

2

The given equilibrium price and quantity are OP & OQ respectively - Increase inincome results in a leftward shift of demand curve (dd1). At price OP now quantitydemanded is OQ

2 which is less than the quantity supplied (OQ). This will result in

competition among sellers leading to a fall in price. A fall in price will result indownward movement along the demand curve and supply curve as per law ofdemand and law of supply. This is shown by arrows in the diagram. These changeswill continue till the price falls to a level at which quantity demanded and suppliedare equal. This price in the diagram is OP

1. The new equilibrium price OP

1 is

lesser than the old equilibrium price (OP). The new equilibrium quantity (OQ1) is

also less than the old equilibrium quantity (OQ). 3

OR

Diagram : 2

D S

S'

D'

Page 156: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

145

At OP price, excess supply is TR. It is not equilibrium price, because at equilibriumprice both quantity demanded and supplied must be equal.

Excess supply will result in competition among sellers causing a fall in price. A fallin price would result in downward movements along demand curve and supplycurve as per the law of demand and law of supply . This is shown by arrows in thediagram. This reduces the excess supply. These changes will continue till the pricefalls to a level at which excess supply is whiped out, Such a price is OP

1 at which

quantity demanded and supplied both are equal to OQ1 OP

1 is the equilibrium

price. 4

Expected answer for the question for blind candidates

An increase in demand means at the same price quantity demanded rises. Thisresults in excess demand at the given equilibrium price. This results in competitionamong buyers leading to a rise in price. A rise in price will reduce quantity demandedand increase quantity supplied, reducing the excess demand. These changeswill continue till the price rises to a level at which quantity demanded and suppliedare equal. This is the new equilibrium price which will be higher than the old

equilibrium price. Equilibrium quantity will also be more. 6

Or

An increase in supply means quantity supplied rises at the given equilibrium price.This results in excess supply. This would result in competition among sellers leadingto a fall in price. A fall in price results in rise in demand and fall in supply. Thisreduces excess supply. These changes continue till price falls to a level at whichquantity demanded and supplied are equal. The new equilibrium price is less thanthe original equilibrium price and equilibrium quantity will also fall. 6

SECTION 'B'

13. (i) Fiscal deficit = 10000 + 8000 = Rs 18000 crores 1

(ii) (a) National income (b) Growth rate etc. ½×2

(iii) That branch of economics which deals with behavior of aggregatesrelating to the economy as a whole. 1

(iv) When exports of goods is greater than the imports of goods. 1

14. Gross value added @ f.c = (iv) + (vi) – (ii) – (i) 1

= 250 + 30 – 120 – 20 1½

= Rs 140 lakhs ½

(NO marks be award if only final answer is given)

Page 157: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

146

15. An increase (decrease) in investment results in increase (decrease) in incomewhich is a multiple of the change in investment. This multiple is the investment

multiplier. , where K is the multiplier. 1

The value of multiplier depends, on MPC as . The higher (lower)

the mpc the higher (lower) the value of K. 2

16. Average propensity to save is the ratio of total savings and total income. 1

Marginal propensity to save is the ratio of increased savings (out of increasedincome) and increased income. 1

Yes, value of average propensity to save can be negative when at very low level ofincome, consumption expenditure exceeds income and there is dissaving, sosavings are negative and APS is negative. 1

17. Any receipt that reduces assets or creates a liability is a capital receipt. Any receiptthat neither creates a liability nor reduces assets is a revenue receipt. 2

Examples: Rev. Receipts - Tax revenue, etc. ½

Cap. Receipts - borrowings, etc. ½

18. The central bank controls credit through the various methods categorized as thequantitative and the qualitative methods. Quantitative methods include bank ratepolicy, open market operations, varying reserve requirements. These methodsaffect total quantity of credit in the country. Qualitative methods include marginrequirements, moral suasion, etc. These methods affect allocation of credit amongthe alternative uses. 4

(To be marked as a whole)

Or

Meaning of commercial bank. 1

Explanation of any one function. 3

19. (i) Subsidies neither create assets nor reduce liabilities, so it is a revenueexpenditure. 1

(ii) Grants given to state is a revenue expenditure because it neither create assetsnor reduce liabilities. 1

(iii) Repayment of loans is a capital expenditure as it reduces a liability. 1

(iv) Construction of a school building is a capital expenditure as it creates anasset. 1

(No marks to be awarded if reasons are not given)

Page 158: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

147

20. It is the price of foreign currency in terms of domestic currency. 1

A fall in price of foreign currency in terms of domestic currency means foreigncurrency becomes cheaper. This would encourage more imports as imports becomecheaper. So demand of foreign currency increase, (or explanation in terms of anyother example). 3

21. Explanation of any one problem of barter system. 2

Explanation of how money solved it. 2

22. (a) Income methodNNP @ f.c = (iii + ix) + (v) + (vi) + (viii) + (xi) 1

= 3800 + 200 + 200 + 150 + 800 - 30 1½= Rs 5120 crores ½

(b) Expenditure MethodNNP @ fc = (ii) + (xiii) + (vii) + (x) + (xi) - (xiv) 1

= 1000 + 4000 + 500 -50 - 30 - 300 1½= Rs. 5120 crores ½

Or

(a) Private income = (iv) + (v) + (vi) + (ix) 1= 4500 + 200 – 50 + 80 1½= Rs 4730 crores ½

(b) Personal Disposable income = Private Income – (iii) – (x) – (vii) 1= 4730 – 80 – 500 – 150 1½= Rs 4000 crores ½

23. Equilibrium is reached only when AD=AS because at this level there is no tendencyfor income and output to change. In the diagram the equilibrium is at K where ADintersects 45° line. At this point AD = AS. 1

2

Page 159: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

148

Suppose we take another point on AD. Let it be R. At this point AD>AS. This is

not an equilibrium because this situation will not stay. It will change. When AD>AS

inventory level falls. Producers respond by producing more output. More output

means more income. Rise in output means rise in AS. Rise in income means rise in

AD. Both continue to rise till they reach K where AD=AS. 3

Expected answer for the question for blind candidates

When AD and AS are not equal, inventory changes. Producers respond by changing

output. Change in output leads to change in income. Change in output means

change in AS. Change in income means change in AD. Both AS and AD continue

to change till AD and AS become equal again. 6

(This can be explained by taking any of the two situation : AD>AS or AD<AS)

24. (i) Yes, because this factor income is earned in the production units located

within the domestic territory of India 1½

(ii) No, because this factor income is not earned in domestic territory of India

as American Embassy is not a part of it. 1½

(iii) No, because the branch is located outside the domestic territory of

India. 1½

(iv) Yes, because Indian embassy in China is a part of domestic territory of India. 1½

(No marks to be awarded if reasons are not given)

Page 160: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

149

BUSINESS STUDIES

Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 100

General Instructions :

(1) Answers to questions carrying 2-3 marks should not exceed 30-40 words.

(2) Answers to questions carrying 4-5 marks should not exceed 60-80 words.

(3) Answers to questions carrying 6 marks should not exceed 100 words.

(4) Attempt all parts of a question together.

QUESTION PAPER CODE 66/1/1

1. Explain in brief ‘Management as an activity’. 2

2. Hina and Harish are typists in a company having same educational qualifications.Hina is getting Rs. 3,000 per month and Harish Rs. 4,000 per month as salaryfor the same working hours.

Which principle of management is violated in this case ? Name and explain the

principle. 2

3. Explain ‘Complex Organisational Structures’ as a barrier to effectivecommunication. 2

4. What is meant by ‘Capital Structure’ in financial management ? 2

5. Explain ‘Product Mix’ as an element of ‘Marketing Mix’. 2

6. ‘Demand for reservation in jobs for minorities’ refers to an example of keycomponent of general environment of business. Name and explain the

component. 3

7. State any three qualities of a good leader. 3

8. Name the type of formal communication in which the persons of twodepartments one at a higher position and another at lower, communicatewith each other ? Also state the problem which may arise in this type ofcommunication. 3

9. Explain any three causes of over capitalisation. 3

10. Explain any three qualities of a good brand name. 3

Page 161: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

150

11. Explain ‘New Industrial Policy’ and ‘New Trade Policy’ as economic changesinitiated by the Government of India since 1991 ? 4

12. Can an overburdened manager take help from his subordinates ? How ?Explain the three important things which he should keep in mind whiletaking such help. 4

13. Explain any four functions of Stock Exchange. 4

14. Explain any four advantages of Time Rate System of wage payment. 4

15. Distinguish between ‘Primary’ and ‘Secondary’ market on the basis of : 4

(i) Sale of securities

(ii) Capital formation

(iii) Determination of price

(iv) Location

16. Explain any five techniques of ‘Scientific Management’. 5

17. ‘In the absence of management the productive resources will remain resourcesand shall never become production.’ Explain the importance of managementin the light of the above statement. 5

18. ‘Planning and controlling are inter-dependent and inter-linked activities’.

Explain. 5

19. Explain any five factors which affect the ‘Dividend Policy’ of a company. 5

20. ‘A toy car free with ‘Maggi Noodles’ is an example of one of the techniquesof Sales Promotion. Name the technique and explain two other techniqueswith examples. 5

21. Explain ‘Policies’ and ‘Procedures’ as the types of Plans. Differentiatebetween the two on any four basis. 6

Or

Explain ‘Rules’ and ‘Methods’ as types of Plans. Differentiate betweenthe two on any four basis. 6

22. What is meant by ‘Functional Structure’ of an organisation ? Explain anytwo of its advantages and two limitations. 6

Or

What is meant by ‘Divisional Structure’ of an organisation ? Explain any

two of its advantages and two limitations. 6

Page 162: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

151

23. Explain ‘Profit Sharing’, ‘Co-partnership’ and ‘Suggestion System’ asmonetary incentives. 6

Or

Explain ‘Internship’, ‘Vestibule Training’ and ‘Job Rotation’ as the types

of training. 6

24. Explain any six rights of a consumer under the Consumer Protection

Act, 1986. 6

Or

Explain any six responsibilities of the consumer to safeguard his interests. 6

25. Explain any four objectives of ‘Marketing Management.’ 6

Or

Explain any four factors to be considered before taking a decision of a particular

medium of advertising. 6

QUESTION PAPER CODE 66/1

1. Explain in brief ‘Management as a Process’. 2

2. The Production Manager of Bharat Ltd. instructs a salesman to go slow inselling the product, whereas the Marketing Manager is insisting on fast sellingto achieve the target.

Which principle of management is being violated in this case ? State any one

of the consequences of violation of this principle. 2

3. Explain in brief the term ‘Leadership’ as an element of ‘Directing’. 2

4. What is meant by ‘Financial Management’ ? 2

5. Explain in brief the term ‘Price Mix’ as an element of ‘Marketing Mix’. 2

6. Banking sector reforms have led to easier credit terms and better services. Thisis an example of a key component of the ‘Business Environment’. Name thiscomponent and explain it in brief. 3

7. Explain in brief any three advantages of formal communication. 3

8. Name the type of formal communication in which two Departmental Headscommunicate with each other. Give any two reasons why this type ofcommunication is required. 3

9. Explain in brief any three causes of ‘Under-capitalisation’. 3

Page 163: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

152

10. Explain in brief any three functions of packaging. 3

11. Explain ‘Customer-Focus’ and ‘Technology’ as managerial responses tochanges in Business Environment. 4

12. Can an overburdened manager take help from his subordinates ? How ? Explainthe three important things which he should keep in mind while taking such help. 4

13. Explain the meaning of ‘Primary Market’ and ‘Secondary Market’ as componentsof Capital Market. 4

14. Explain any four disadvantages of Piece Rate System of Wage Payment. 4

15. Distinguish between ‘Capital Market’ and ‘Money Market’ on the basis of : 4

(i) Expected return

(ii) Safety

(iii) Instruments

(iv) Liquidity

16. Explain any five principles of Scientific Management. 5

17. Explain any five features of Management. 5

18. ‘Control is considered important for many reasons.’ Explain any five suchreasons. 5

19. Explain any five factors which affect the capital structure of a company. 5

20. ‘Automobiles Ltd. offered to sell their new bike at about Rs. 4,000 less thanthe usual price’, is an example of one of the techniques of Sales Promotion.Name the technique and explain two other techniques with examples. 5

21. Explain the process of Planning. 6

OR

‘Planning is an important function of management.’ Explain by giving any sixpoints.

22. What is meant by ‘Functional Structure’ of an organisation ? Explain any two

of its advantages and any two limitations. 6

OR

What is meant by ‘Divisional Structure’ of an organisation ? Explain any two ofits advantages and any two limitations.

23. Explain Personnel Consultants’, ‘Employment Exchanges’ and ‘Media Advertising’as external sources of recruitment. 6

Page 164: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

153

OR

Explain ‘Vestibule Training’, ‘Job Rotation’ and ‘Internship’ as methods of training.

24. Explain any six ways and means of Consumer Protection in India. 6

OR

Explain any six responsibilities of the consumer to safeguard his interests.

25. Explan’Marketing Research’, ‘Product Planning’ and ‘Buying and assembling’

as functions of ‘Marketing’. 6

OR

Explain the factors determining choice of channels of distribuion.

Page 165: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

154

Marking Scheme ---- Business Studies

General Instructions

1. The Marking Scheme provides general guidelines to reduce subjectivity in the marking.The answers given in the Marking Scheme are suggested answers. The content is thusindicative. If a student has given any other answer, which is different from the one given inthe Marking Scheme, but conveys the requisite meaning, such answers should be given fullweightage.

2. Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme.

3. If a question has parts, please award marks in the right hand side for each part. Marksawarded for different parts of the question should then be totalled up and written in the lefthand margin.

4. If a question does not have any parts, marks be awarded in the left-hand margin.

5. If a candidate has attempted a question twice, marks obtained in the question attemptedfirst should be retained and the other answer should be scored out.

6. There are few questions on distinction between two concepts. In such questions, sometimessome students give one aspect of the difference correctly and the other is either wrong ornot given at all, no mark should be given for such distinction.

7. In case of choice-type questions, if an examinee attempts both the choices, assess thechoice attempted first.

8. In a question, if the question asks for two features/ characteristics/ points but an examineewrites more than two features/ characteristics/ points, say, five of which first is correct,second is incorrect, the first two should be assessed and the remaining should be ignored.

9. It is expected that the Marking Scheme should be followed objectively to avoid over-stricttendency in marking. For instance, if an examinee scores 30 marks, his/ her marks should

not be inflated to 33 simply to pass him/her.

10. Marks should be awarded keeping in view the total marks of that particular question andnot the total marks of the question paper. For example, if one mark is given to a 3 marksquestion even if nothing is correct then that one mark constitutes 33% of the total marksear-marked for this answer. This must be avoided.

11. A full scale of marks 0-100 has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if theanswer deserves it. Similarly, wherever an examinee writes answer up to the mark, his/hermarks should not be deducted unnecessarily.

Page 166: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

155

QUESTION PAPER CODE 66/1/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

1. As an activity management plans, organizes, directs and controls the efforts ofall those involved in the working operations of an enterprise.

OR

As an activity management is a human activity in which the human and otherresources are integrated so that organizational goals are achieved effectively.

(If any examinee has mentioned informational, decisional andinterpersonal activities as management, due credit is to be given) 2 marks

2. The principle of ‘Equity’ is violated in this case. According to this principleemployees should be given kind, fair and just treatment and there should not beany discrimination.

1 mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation. 2 marks

3. Complex Organization structures comprise of a long chain of command withseveral levels of authority. They act as barrier to effective communication asinformation may get filtered, modified or lost at different levels while moving upor down. 2 marks

4. The Capital structure means the proportion of debt and equity used for financingthe operations of a business. 2 marks

OR

The mix of securities issued and the proportion between them is called thecapital structure..

5. The total number of products and items that a particular marketeer offers to the

market is called product mix. 2 marks

OR

It is the combination of all decisions relating to product branding, packaging,labelling, trademarks etc.

(Or any other correct explanation)

6. The key component of general environment is –

Social Environment :

It describes the characteristics of the society in which the organization existssuch as literacy rates, educational levels, customs, age, beliefs, values, lifestyle,demographic distribution, mobility of population. etc.

(1 mark for naming + 2 marks for explanation with four factors.) 1+2=3marks

Page 167: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

156

7. Qualities of a good leader: (Any three)

(i) Intelligence and scholarship

(ii) Ability to inspire people

(iii) Empathy

(iv) Effective communicative skills

(v) Listening skills

(vi) Sense of responsibility and self-confidence

(vii) Knowledge of work

(viii) V ision and foresight

(ix) Impressive personality

(x) Objectivity

(or any other correct quality)

(No mark is to be deducted for not writing the headings)

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark for correct statement) 1×3 = 3 marks

8. The type of communication is Diagonal Communication.

The problem which may arise in this type of communication is that it may causethe feeling of being ignored by the superior, if his subordinate talks directly tomanagers of other departments.

(1 mark for naming + 2 marks for stating the problem) 1+2 = 3 marks

9. Causes of over capitalization (Any three)

(i) High promotion costs

(ii) Unduly high price paid for assets

(iii) Inflationary conditions during a boom period

(iv) Inadequate provision for depreciation

(v) Liberal dividend policy

(vi) Shortage of capital

(vii) Inefficient use of assets

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark for correct explanation) 1×3 = 3 marks

10. Qualities of good brand name : (Any three)

(i) Brand name should be short and simple.

(ii) Should be easily pronounceable.

(iii) Should be suggestive.

(iv) Should be distinctive.

(v) Should be selected after considering its meaning in other languages and

cultures. 1×3 = 3 marks

Page 168: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

157

11. New Industrial Policy – (Any two)

(i) A no. of industries have been liberalized from the clutches of licensing and

control.

(ii) Substantive changes have been introduced in matters like foreign investment

and technology import.

(iii) MRTP Act and Foreign Exchange Regulation Act have been diluted

significantly.

(iv) Role of public sector has been curtailed.

(or any other correct point)

New Trade Policy – (Any two)

(i) Almost all imports have been liberalized.

(ii) Imports have been completely removed from the licensing fold.

(iii) Steep reduction in import tariffs on a number of items, including capital

goods.

(iv) Simplification of procedure for promoting exports.

(or any other correct point)

[ 2 marks for explanation of each (1 mark for each change and minimumtwo changes in each.) ] 2+2 = 4 marks

12. Yes, by delegation of Authority.

The three things that a manager should keep in mind are:

(i) Deliberately and consciously entrusting the task that leads to responsibility.

(ii) Granting of sufficient powers which lead to authority.

(iii) Developing a mechanism to see that the work is done as per expectation

which leads to accountability.

(1 mark for naming the technique + ½ mark for heading + ½ mark forexplanation) 1+(1×3) = 4 marks

13. Functions of Stock Exchange : (Any four)

(i) Liquidity-To provide liquidity to investments.

(ii) Valuation of securities-To help in correct valuation of securities.

(iii) Better allocation of capital-contribute to better allocation of capital.

(iv) Promotes the habit of saving and investment— Promotes the habit of

saving and investment in general public.

Page 169: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

158

(v) Safety of dealing-Provides safety for dealings in securities.

(vi) Barometer of progress-It acts as barometer of progress of economy.

(No mark is to be deducted for not writing the headings)

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark for correct explanation) 1×4 = 4 marks

14. Advantages of Time-Rate System of wage payment – (Any four)

(1) Simple to calculate

(2) Guarantees minimum remuneration to an employee

(3) Greater attention to quality

(4) Reduces damage of tools and equipments

(5) Less administrative attention

(6) Can be used when work is not standardized

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark each for explanation) 1×4 = 4 marks

15. Differences between 'Primary' & 'Secondary' markets.

Basis Primary Market Secondary Market

(i) Sale of Securities are sold Company is not involvedSecurities by the company to in sale of securities.

the investors directly. Ownership is exchangedbetween investors.

(ii) Capital Directly promotes Indirectly promotesFormation capital formation capital formation.

(iii) Determination By the management By demand and supplyof price of the company. for the security.

(iv) Location No fixed geographical Located at specific place

location.

(1 mark for each correct distinction) 1×4 = 4 marks

16. Techniques of ‘Scientific Management’ : (Any five)

(i) Functional foremanship (ii) Standardization of work

(iii) Simplification of work (iv) Fatigue study

(v) Motion study (vi) Method study

(vii) Time study (viii) Differential wage system

(ix) Mental revolution

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark for correct explanation) 1×5 = 5 marks

Page 170: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

159

17. Importance of management can be explained with the help of the following

points: (Any five)

(i) Management provides effectiveness to human efforts.

(ii) Contributes to economic development.

(iii) Sets harmony and brings order to endeavour.

(iv) Provides judgement and vision.

(v) Helps in achieving group goals.

(vi) Integrates with the dynamic environment.

(Or any other correct point)

(½ mark for naming +½ mark for correct explanation) 1×5 = 5 marks

18. Planning and controlling are inter-related and interlinked activities:

(1) Without planning there is no basis for controlling as we have to compare

actual performance with planned performance.

(2) The controlling function is performed to see that commitments under the

plans are fulfilled or not.

(3) Controlling helps in the adoption of new plans and revision of existing

plans on the basis of comparison of actual performance against standards.

(4) Both are looking ahead which shows their interlinkage.

(5) Planning and controlling are interlinked and interdependent as planning gets

its importance only with the controlling function and controlling ends and

starts with the new plans.

(Any answer covering the above points to be given due consideration.) 1×5 = 5 marks

19. Factors affecting dividend policy: (Any five)

(1) Financial requirement of company.

(2) Stability of dividends.

(3) Capital market considerations.

(4) Preferences of share holders.

(5) Legal restrictions and constraints on paying dividends.

(6) Bonus shares

(7) Inflation.

(½ mark for naming +½ mark for correct explanation) 1×5 = 5 marks

Page 171: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

160

20. Name of the technique is – Premium or gifts

Other techniques of sales promotion are : (Any two)

(i) Rebates

(ii) Discounts

(iii) Refunds

(iv) Quantity deals

(v) Free samples

(vi) Contests

(vii) Packaged premium

(viii) Free in mail premiums

(ix) Container premium

(1 mark for the technique + ½ mark for naming + ½ mark for explanation+ 1 mark for each example 2×2 = 4 marks) 1×4 = 5 marks

21. Policies – Policies are general statements which guide or channelise thinking in

decision-making.

Procedures – Procedures are guides to action, rather than to thinking and they

detail the exact manner in which certain activities must be accomplished.

Difference : (Any four)

Basis Policy Procedure

(i) Meaning A guide to thinking & A guide to action anddecision-making. contains steps to be

taken in a cronologicalcorder.

(ii) Origin It is derived from objectives It is derived from policiesof the enterprise. of the enterprise.

(iii) Flexibility It is flexible. It is more or less rigid.

(iv) Expression Expressed in the form of Expressed in moregeneral statement. specific terms.

(v) Scope for Leaves some scope Gives no discretiondiscretion for manager’s to person concerned

discretion. with its implementation.

(No mark is to be deducted if basis are not given)

(1 mark for each correct explanation of Policy & procedure)

+ (1 mark for each correct difference 1×4 = 4 marks) 2+4 = 6 marks

Page 172: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

161

OR

Rules – Rules are specific statements to guide the behaviour and leave noscope for discretion.

Methods – Methods are standardized ways of performing routine and repetitivejobs. They reduce confusions and bring efficiency and economy in operations.

Differences : (Any four)

Basis Rules Methods

(i) Meaning Guidelines to behaviour. Guidelines stating the wayof accomplishing the jobs.

(ii) Purpose Ensures discipline Increases efficiency ofoperations.

(iii) Effect of Penalty attached to violation. No penalty for violation.violation

(iv) Relation. Relates to behaviour of Relates to physical andhuman beings. other tasks.

(v) Flexibility Generally rigid statement. Flexible statements forguiding and controlling

operations.

(No mark is to be deducted if basis are not given)

(1 mark for each correct difference 1×4 = 4 marks) 2+4= 6 marks

22. Functional Structure – is formed by grouping together the entire work to bedone into major functional departments.

Advantages –(Any two)

1. Efficiency in operations through specialization.

2. Easy supervision

3. Better coordination.

Limitations –(Any two)

1. Specialist may not be able to see the perspective of the organization as awhole.

2. Lack of coordination within the department.

3. Conflicts between managers.

4. Difficulty in establishing accountability.

(2 marks for correct meaning + 1 mark for each advantage and

1 mark for each disadvantage 1×2 = 2 marks) 2+2+2 = 6 marks

Page 173: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

162

OR

Divisional Structure – Large diversified organizations are grouped into a

number of divisions on the basis of different products manufactured or

geographical areas.

Advantages –(Any two)

1. Activities related with one product can be easily integrated and coordinated

2. Decision making is faster and effective

3. Performance of individual products can be assessed easily.

Limitations –(Any two)

1. Duplication of efforts among its division.

2. Each deptt. focuses on their own product without thinking of organization.

(2 marks for corret meaning+1 mark for advantage each 1×2 = 2 marks+1 mark for limitation each 1×2 = 2 marks) 2+2+2 = 6 marks

23. (i) Profit Sharing – It is a system under which workers are given a share in

the profits of the organization to provide incentives for higher productivity

and greater profitability.

(ii) Co-partnership – In this system the workers are given, apart from the

share in the profits of the company, a share in the ownership of the

company as well.

(iii) Suggestion System – Suggestion system offers monetary incentives to

employees for suggestions that result in either increased profits or reduced

costs.

(2 marks for correct explanation of each Incentive) 2×3 = 6 marks

OR

Internship – It enables good balance between theory and practice. It is a

practical training for understanding the application of theoretical knowledge.

Usually stipend is paid to the students. A joint programme of training is conducted

by technical institutes and business organizations.

Vestibule Training – Employees learn their jobs on the equipment they will be

using, but the training is conducted away from the actual work floor.

Job Rotation – The trainees move from one job to another to understand

different activities and with time develops into a multi-utility employee. It is used

for freshers to learn by doing.

(2 marks for correct explanation of each type of Training) 2×3 = 6 marks

Page 174: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

163

24. Rights of a Consumer : (Any six)

(i) Right to safety:

(ii) Right to be informed:

(iii) Right to choose:

(iv) Right to be heard for representation:

(v) Right to seek redressal:

(vi) Right to consumer education:

(vii) Right to basic needs

(viii) Right to healthy environment:

(½ mark for naming + ½ for correct explanation) 1×6 marks

OR

Six responsibilities of a consumer :

(1) Consumer must exercise his rights.

(2) Consumer should be cautious.

(3) Filing complaint for the redressal of genuine grievances.

(4) Consumer must be quality-conscious.

(5) Advertisements often exaggerate.

(6) Insist on cash memo.

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark for correct explanation of each

responsibility) 1×6 = 6 marks

25. Objectives of Marketing Management :

(i) Creation of demand

(ii) Market share

(iii) Goodwill

(iv) Profitable sales volume through customer

(½ mark for naming + 1 mark for correct explanation of each objective)

1½×4 = 6 marks

OR

Factors to be considered before taking a decision of a particular medium ofadvertising: (Any four)

(i) Selectivity (ii) Coverage

(iii) Flexibility (iv) Cost

(v) Editorial environment (vi) Permanence

(½ mark for naming + 1 mark for correct explanation of each factor) 1½×4=6 marks

Page 175: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

164

QUESTION PAPER CODE 66/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

1. Management as process :

A series of steps including planning , organizing , staffing , directing and controlling

the activities of an organization to accomplish predetermined objectives. 2 Marks

2. Principle: - Unity of Command

Consequences (Any one)

(i) It leads to conflicts amongst superiors.

(ii) Confusion in the mind of subordinates.

(iii) Dif ficulty in fixing of responsibility.

(iv) Excuse for not doing work by subordinates. 1+1=2 Marks

3. Leadership involves securing willing cooperation of subordinates by influencingtheir behaviour towards realization of specified goals. 2 Marks

4. Financial Management is concerned with efficient acquisition and allocationof funds. In operational terms it is concerned with management of flow of fundsand involves decisions relating to procurement of funds, investment of funds inlong and short term assets and distribution of earning to owners.

[1 mark is to be awarded to incomplete meanings like :

Planning, Organizing, Directing and Controlling the Financial activities of anorganization.

OR

It means taking Financing, Investment and Dividend decisions.] 2 Marks

5. Price Mix involves different Pricing Methods Pricing strategies, Pricing Policiesand Price Changes

(Or any other correct explanation)

(explanation of any two components) 2 marks

6. Economic environment

It consists of Gross National Product, Corporate profits, inflation rate, interestrate, tax rate, Balance of Payment, employment rates, consumer income, debtand spending etc. It has strong influence over organizational policies and actions.(Any four factors)

(1 mark + ½×4= 2 marks) 1+2=3 Marks

Page 176: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

165

7. Any three advantages:

1. Ensures Systematic and orderly flow of information and ideas

2. Source of communication can be easily located

3. Support to authority of superiors over subordinates

4. Responsibility of action can be fixed

5. Control is facilitated

(Due credit is to be given for writing the headings only)

(No mark is to be deducted for not writing the headings) 1+1+1=3 marks

8. Horizontal communication

(1) Necessary to coordinate different activities

(2) To resolve interrelated problems of two or more depts.

(1+2 marks) 1+ 2 = 3 marks

9. Causes of Undercapitalization: (Any three)

1. Underestimation of earnings.

2. Floatation of a company during depression.

3. Conservative dividend policy.

4. Very high efficiency.

5. Wrong depreciation policy.

(No mark is to be deducted for not writing the headings)

(½ mark for heading + ½ mark for correct explanation for each) 1×3 = 3 marks

10. Functions of packaging – (Any three)

(i) Protection: It protects the product from damages en route to the market.

(ii) Identification: By packaging, products can be easily identified.

(iii) Convenience: Packaging is convenience enhancer both for the middlemen

and consumer to store and transport.

(iv) Promotion: A silent salesman Package can grab attention, describe product

contents and induce customers to make a purchase.

(v) Innovation: innovative packages can capture new customer segments.

(Or any other correct function)

(No mark is to be deducted for not writing the headings)

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark for correct explanation) 1×3 = 3 marks

Page 177: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

166

11. Customer Focus- Increasing attention to customer needs and their satisfaction

has brought a tremendous change in nature and quality of products offered tocustomers today. Better quality, packaging and performance of products provideproducts exceeding consumer expectation.

Technology - Use of latest technology is a key factor in the success of companies.Manufacturers strive to upgrade quality and reduce cost through technology.

(2 marks for correct explanation of each) 2+2=4 marks

12. Yes, by delegation of authority.

The three things that a manager should keep in mind are:

(i) Deliberately and consciously entrusting of the task that leads toresponsibility.

(ii) Granting of sufficient powers which lead to authority.

(iii) Developing a mechanism to see that the work is done as per expectationwhich leads accountability.

(1 mark for heading + ½ mark for naming + ½ mark for explanation for each)

1 +(1x 3) =4 marks

13. Primary market – is a market in which securities are sold for the first time.It deals with the issue of fresh securities and therefore is also referred to as newissue market. In a primary market the securities are issued by the companydirectly to the investors

Secondary Market – The market for the sale and purchase of the previouslyissued securities is known as secondary market. In this market, existing securitiesare traded. The securities are not issued by the company directly to the investorsin this market. It is also known as stock exchange.

(2 marks for each correct meaning) 2 + 2= 4 marks

14. Disadvantages of Piece Rate System: (Any four)

1. Danger of sacrificing the quality and safety.

2. Resistance from workers and opposition from Trade Unions.

3. Not suitable for setting up group incentive plans.

4. No minimum remuneration.

5. May affect health and efficiency of workers.

6. Wastage of raw material and machinery

(If an examinee has given only the headings due credit is to be given)

(No mark is to be deducted for not writing the headings)

(1 mark for each correct disadvantage) 1×4= 4 marks

Page 178: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

167

15. Difference between Capital Market and Money market :

Basis Capital Market Money Market

Expected return Instruments lead to a Lower returns.higher returns

Safety Instruments are relatively The risk is less. (Safer)more risky. (Less safe)

Instrument Main instruments for The major instruments arecapital market are short term debts, T-bills,equity, preference shares, trade bills, commercialdebenture bonds. papers etc

Liquidity They are less liquid as They are more liquid.compared to Money

Market.

(1 mark for each correct distinction) 1×4 = 4 marks

16. Any five principles:

1. Science, not rule of thumb – scientific enquiry with cause and effect

2. Harmony, not discord – Group action with mutual give and take and

proper understanding

3. Co-operation- not individualism – Co- operation, mutual confidence, sense

of goodwill

4. Maximum, not restricted output – Continuous increase in production

5. Separation of planning and operational work – Planning function should be

separate from operation.

6. Scientific Selection and training

(No mark is to be deducted for not writing the headings)

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark each for correct explanation) 1×5 = 5 marks

17. Features of Management (Any five)

1. Achieving organizational objectives.

2. Distinct activity.

3. Group efforts.

4. Intangible.

5. Influences behaviour.

6. Composite process.

Page 179: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

168

7. Coordinating force.

8. Working with and through others.

9. Balancing effectiveness and efficiency.

10. Pervasive

11. Continuous

(No mark is to be deducted for not writing the headings)

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark each for correct explantion) 1× 5=5 marks

18. Control is important for many reasons: (Any five.)

1. Helps the organization in achieving objectives.

2. Helps in improving adaptability to environmental changes.

3. Helps in coping with organization complexity.

4. Controlling helps in maintaining and improving quality.

5. Controlling helps in financial matters.

6. Helps in improving employees’ performance.

7. Helps in monitoring sales.

8. Helps in minimizing errors and deviations.

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark each for correct explanation) 1×5 = 5 marks

19. Factors affecting capital structure (Any five)

1. Financial leverage- A financial manager must examine in detail how the use

of proposed financing mix will affect the risk and return of the owners.

2. Cash flow ability- Ability of the business to generate enough cash flow to

meet its fixed commitment like interest payment on debts. raised.

3. Control-If shareholders want to retain the control they will prefer to employ

debt and preference capital. The control will be diluted if additional funds

are raised through issue of equity, as equity shareholders have a right to

vote.

4. Flexibility: Composition of capital structure should be flexible enough to

change as per the company’s requirement and operation.

5. Market conditions:-. Depending upon the economic conditions, investors

may be cautious in their dealing and not be ready to take unnecessary risk

by purchasing the shares.

6. Legal framework: - A company has to operate in the frame work provided

by law.

Page 180: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

169

7. Floatation costs: - Capital structure also depends upon the cost to be

incurred on raising of funds.

(No mark is to be deducted for not writing the headings)

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark each correct explanation) 1+1+1+1+1 = 5 marks

20. Name of technique is- Rebate

Other techniques are (Any two with examples)

1. Discount 2. Refund 3. Premium or gifts 4. Quantity deals 5. Sampling/ Free

samples 6. Contests 7. Free in-mail premiums 8. Package premium 9. Container

premium.

(One mark to be deducted if example is not given)

[1 mark for technique + (½ for naming + 1½ for explanation with

examples) = 2] 1+2+2= 5 marks

21. Process of Planning :

1. Define organizational objectives.

2. List alternative ways.

3. Develop premises on which to base each alternative.

4. Choose the best alternative for reaching objectives.

5. Formulation of supportive plans.

6. Put the plans into action & follow up

(One mark to be deducted if sequence is not followed.)

(½ mark for naming + ½ mark each for explanation) 1×6 = 6 marks

OR

Importance of Planning :

1. Offsetting uncertainty and change.

2. Focusing attention on objectives.

3. Gaining economical operation.

4. Establishing coordinated efforts.

5. Encourages innovations and creativity.

6. Facilitating control.

(No mark is to be deducted for not writing the headings)

(½ mark for each correct point + ½ each for correct explanation) 1×6 = 6 marks

Page 181: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

170

22. Functional Structure – is formed by grouping together the entire work to bedone into major functional departments. 2 marks

Advantages –(Any two)

1. Experts to perform specialized activities.

2. Supervision is facilitated.

3. Coordination within the dept. becomes easy. 1×2 = 2 marks

Limitation –(Any two)

1. Specialist may not be able to see the perspective of the organization as awhole.

2. Lack of coordination within the dept. may lead to delay in decisionmaking.

3. Conflicts between managers.

4. Difficulty in establishing accountability in case of problems. 1×2 = 2 marks2+2+2 = 6 marks

OR

Divisional Structure - is formed when large diversified organization are groupedinto a number of divisions on the basis of different products manufactured,geographical areas etc. 2 marks

Advantages –(any two) 1×2 = 2 marks

1. Activities related with one product can be easily integrated and coordinated

2. Decision making is faster and effective

3. Performance of individual products can be assessed easily.

Limitations –(Any two) 1×2=2 marks

1. Duplication of efforts among its divisions.

2. Each department focuses on their own product without thinking of theorganization as a whole.

2+2+2=6 marks

23. Personnel Consultants – Firms of Consultants which specialize in the recruitmentof managerial personnel and tech. personnel. They charge their fees.

Employment Exchanges – Job seekers get their names registered in theseexchanges and employment exchange authorities pass on the names of personswith minimum qualifications for considerations to the employers. They are runby government.

Media Advertising – It is an important mode of recruitment. Newspapers,Journals, Employment news and Rozgaar Samachar, are important sources.

2+2+2= 6 marks

Page 182: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

171

OR

Vestibule Training – Employees learn their jobs on the equipment they will be

using, but the training is conducted away from the actual work floor.

Job Rotation – The trainees move from one job to another to understand

different activities and with time develops into a multi-utility employee. Used for

freshers to learn by doing.

Internship – It enables a good balance between theory and practice. It’s a

practical training for understanding the application of theoretical knowledge.

Usually stipend is paid to the students. A joint programme of training is conducted

by technical institutes and business organizations.

2+2+2= 6 marks

24. Ways and means of consumer protection : (Any six)

1. Lok Adalat

2. Public Interest Litigation.

3. Environmental friendly products.

4. Redressal Forums and Consumer Protection councils.

5. National Youth Award on Consumer Protection.

6. Publicity Measures.

7. Consumer Welfare Fund.

(½ mark for each correct point+½ mark each for correct explanation)1×6 = 6 marks

OR

Six responsibilities of consumers:

1. Consumer must exercise his rights.

2. Consumer should be cautious.

3. Filing complaint for the redressal of genuine grievances.

4. Consumer must be quality-conscious.

5. Advertisement often exaggerate.

6. Insist on cash memo.

(½ mark for each correct point + ½ mark each for correct explanation) 1×6=6 marks

25. (i) Marketing Research: means application of research process in solving

marketing problems.First, the marketers need to identify what the customer

needs and wants are, when they are likely to buy, in what quantities they

are to buy, from where they buy, etc. Customers tend to be different.

Page 183: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

172

(ii) Product Planning. The whole range of tasks that are involved in the product

creation fall under the product planning function. The marketeer must

take these decisions judiciously so that customer needs are met.

(iii) Buying and Assembling: Buying refers to procuring inputs from the

environment and process them and send them again back to the environment

in the forms of finished products for sale in the market. An assembly line

depicts the order of operations, which are employed to assemble various

parts one by one in order to create the final product. Thus, assembly of

various parts of inputs is another important function of a marketeer.

Assembling also means collecting at one place small lots purchased from

different sources so as to economize the cost of transportation and storage.

(2 marks each for correct explanation) 2+2+2 = 6 marks

OR

(1) Market related factors:

(1) Nature of the market

(2) Size of the market

(3) Geographic concentration.

(4) Quantity purchased by customer (volume of sales).

(2) Product related factors:

(1) Unit value of the product.

(2) Product complexity.

(3) The nature of product

(3) Company related factors

(1) Financial strength, can evolve its own channels.

(2) Degree of control.

(If an examinee has written any six factors from the above, full creditis to be given.)

(½ marks for each correct point + ½ mark each for correct explanation)

1×6 = 6 marks

Page 184: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

173

ACCOUNTANCY

Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 80

General Instructions :

(i) This question paper contains three parts A, B and C.

(ii) Part-A is compulsory for all candidates.

(iii) Candidates can attempt only one part of the remaining parts B and C.

(iv) All parts of the questions should be attempted at one place.

QUESTION PAPER CODE 67/1/1

Part ‘A’ Accountancy

1. What is meant by Guarantee of profit to a partner ? 2

2. What is meant by Authorised Capital of a company ? 2

3. What is an Escrow account ? 2

4. What is meant by a Debenture ? 2

5. A, B & C entered into a partnership on October 1, 2004 to share profits andlosses in the ratio of 3:2:1. A, however personally guaranteed that C’s share ofprofit after charging interest on capitals at 5% p.a. would not be less than Rs.30,000/- in any year. The capital contributions were A : Rs. 3 lakhs, B : Rs. 2lakhs and C : Rs. 1 lakh. The profits for the period ended March 31, 2005 were

Rs. 1,20,000/-. Show the distribution of profits. 3

6. Romi Ltd. acquired assets of Rs. 20 lakhs and took over creditors of Rs. 2 lakhsfrom Kapil Enterprises. Romi Ltd. issued 8% debentures of Rs. 100 each at paras purchase consideration. Record necessary journal entries in the books of Romi

Ltd. 3

7. (a) A, B & C are partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 4:3:1. A retiresand his share is taken up by B and C equally. Find the new profit sharingratio and the gaining ratio.

(b) The goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs. 16,000. No goodwill accountappears in the books. Pass necessary journal entry for recording the goodwill

in the above mentioned case. 2+2=4

Page 185: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

174

8. The partnership between A & B was dissolved on March 31, 2005. Their capitalson that date were Rs. 1,70,000 and Rs. 30,000 respectively. Rs. 1,00,000 wasowed by the firm to A, and B owed to the firm Rs. 20,000. Creditors on that datewere Rs. 2,00,000. The assets realised Rs. 4,50,000 exclusive of what was owed

by B. Find the profit or loss on realisation. 4

9. X. Ltd. forfeited 1000 shares of Rs. 10 each (Rs. 8 called up) for the non-paymentof the allotment money of Rs. 5 per share including Rs. 2 as premium. Of these800 shares were re-issued to S at Rs. 7 per share as Rs. 8 called up. Journalise

the above transactions in the books of X Ltd. 4

10. F Ltd. issued 12% debentures of Rs. 100 each valued at Rs. 3,00,000 at a discountof 4%, repayable at par in equal proportions at the end of the 2nd, 4th and 6thyear. Calculate the amount of discount to be written off at the end of each year and

prepare ‘discount on issue of debentures account’. 4

11. Anirudh Ltd. has 4,000, 8% debentures of Rs. 100 each due for redemption onMarch 31, 2005. The company has a debenture redemption reserve ofRs. 1,50,000 on that date. Assuming that no interest is due record the necessary

journal entries at the time of redemption of debentures. 4

12. A Ltd. issued 20,000 equity shares of Rs. 10 each at a discount of Re. 1 per sharepayable as Rs. 3 on application, Rs. 3 on allotment (after discount) and Rs. 3 oncall. The issue was oversubscribed to the extent of 15,000 shares, and the allotmentwas done as follows : (a) Applicants of 5,000 shares were given full allotment,(b) Other applicants of shares were allotted shares on a pro rata basis. The excessapplication money received was to be adjusted against allotment only. All moneysdue were received with the exception of the call money on 400 shares. Pass

necessary journal entries to record the above transactions. 6

13. A, B & C were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 5:3:2. On 31stMarch, 2005 their Balance Sheet was as under :

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs.

Creditors 7,000 Buildings 20,000

Reserves Rs. 10,000 Machinery 30,000

As Capital 30,000 Stock 10,000

B’s Capital 25,000 Patents 6,000

C’s Capital 15,000 70,000 Cash 21,000

87,000 87,000

C died on 1st Oct. 2005. It was agreed between his executors and the remainingpartners that :

Page 186: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

175

(a) Goodwill be valued at 2 years’ purchase of the average profits of the previousfive years, which were 2001 : Rs. 15,000; 2002 : Rs. 13,000; 2003 : Rs.12,000; 2004 : Rs. 15,000 and 2005 : Rs. 20,000.

(b) Patents be valued at Rs. 8,000; Machinery at Rs. 28,000; Buildings at Rs.30,000.

(c) Profit for the year 2005-06 be taken as having accrued at the same rate asthe previous year.

(d) Interest on capital be provided at 10% p.a.

(e) A sum of Rs. 7,750 wa”s paid to his executors immediately.

Prepare C’s Capital Account and his executors account at the time of his death. 6

14. A, B & C were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 5:3:2, their BalanceSheet on 31.3.2005 was as follows :

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs.Capitals Rs. Plant 24,000

A : 20,000 Furniture 3,000B : 25,000 Debtors 14,000C : 12,500 57,500Joint Life Policy 12,000

(Surrender Value)Bank Overdraft 19,000 Bills Receivable 9,000Mrs. C’s Loan 7,000 Stock 30,000Creditors 18,000 Loan to B 12,000Bills Payable 8,500 Cash in Hand 6,000

1,10,000 1,10,000

The joint life policy was for a sum of Rs. 30,000. B died on 1st April, 2005, andthe firm was dissolved. Assets realised only 50% of its book value. Loan to B wasadjusted against his capital. A liability for Rs. 1,500 not shown in the BalanceSheet, had to be paid. The expenses on realisation came to Rs. 1,500. Preparethe Realization Account, Partners’ Capital Accounts and Cash Account to closethe books of the firm. 6

Or

Rohit & Suresh are in partnership sharing profits in the ratio of 2:3. On March 31,2005, they agree to dissolve the business. Pass necessary journal entries at thetime of dissolution of the firm to record the following :

(a) Realisation expenses amounted to Rs. 1,000.

(b) Deferred revenue advertising expenditure appeared in the books at Rs.60,000.

Page 187: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

176

(c) P & L Account on the asset side of the balance sheet was Rs. 30,000.

(d) An unrecorded asset of Rs. 3,000 was taken over by Suresh.

(e) Liabilities amounting to Rs. 24,000 already transferred to Realization Account,were settled at Rs. 22,000.

(f) Loan to Rohit was adjusted through his Capital Account, Rs. 15,000. 6

15. Given below is the Balance Sheet of Krishna & Suresh who are partners in a firmsharing profits in the ratio of 3:2 :

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs.Creditors 15,000Plant & Machinery 30,000Reserves 5,000 Patents 5,000Capital Accounts : Furniture 3,000

Rs. Stock 16,000Krishna 30,000 Debtors 15,000Suresh 20,000 50,000Cash 1,000

70,000 70,000

On that date Mohan is admitted as a partner for l/5th share on the following terms:

(a) He is to contribute Rs. 14,000 as his share of capital which includes his shareof” premium for goodwill.

(b) Goodwill is valued at 2 years’ purchase the average profits of the last 4years, which were Rs. 10,000; Rs. 9,000; Rs. 8,000 and Rs. 13,000respectively.

(c) Plant to be written down to Rs. 25,000 and patents written up by Rs. 8,000.

(d) A joint life policy taken in the names of the partners for Rs. 50,000 on whichpremiums have been paid, has a surrender value of Rs. 7,000.

Prepare the Revaluation Account, Partners’ Capital Accounts and the BalanceSheet of the new firm. 8

Or

X, Y & Z are in partnership sharing profits in the ratio of 5:3:2. Their BalanceSheet on 1.1.2006, the day Y decided to retire was as follows :

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs.

X’s Capital 30,000 Buildings 25,000Y’s Capital 20,000 Plant & Machinery 15,000Z’s Capital 20,000 Investments 10,000General Reserve 10,000 Joint Life Policy 15,000Sundry Creditors 7,000 Debtors 10,000Bills Payable 3,000 Stock 5,000

Cash 10,00090,000 90,000

Page 188: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

177

The terms of retirement were :

(a) Y sells his share of goodwill to X for Rs. 8,000 and to Z for Rs. 4,000.

(b) Stock to be appreciated by 20% and buildings by Rs. 5,000.

(c) Joint Life Policy was surrendered to the Insurance Co. for Rs. 7,000 andinvestments were sold for Rs. 22,000.

(d) Y is paid off in cash.

Prepare Revaluation Account, Capital Accounts of Partners and the Balance Sheet

of the new firm. 8

Part ‘B’ Analysis of Financial Statements

16. What is a Cash Flow Statement ? List any two objectives of preparing the

statement. 2

17. Classify the following into cash flows from Investing activities/Financing activities

while preparing a Cash Flow Statement : 2

(a) Redemption of Preference Shares

(b) Sale of Fixed Assets

(c) Receipt of Dividend

(d) Interest Received

18. List any three items that can be shown under the heading ‘Reserves & Surplus’ in

a Company’s Balance Sheet. 3

19. From the following data prepare a Statement of Profits in the comparative form

Particulars 31.3.2004 31.3.2005

Sales Rs. 6,00,000 Rs. 8,00,000

Gross Profit Ratio 30% 40%

Administrative Expenses Rs. 40,000 Rs. 1,00,000

Income Tax 50% 50% 3

20. (a) From the given information calculate the stock turnover ratio :

Sales : Rs. 2,00,000; GP : 25% on cost; Opening Stock was l/3rd of thevalue of Closing Stock. Closing Stock was 30% of sales.

(b) A business has a current ratio of 3:1 and a quick ratio of 1.2:1. If the working

capital is Rs. 1,80,000, calculate the total Current Assets and Stock. 2+2=4

Page 189: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

178

21. From the following summarised Balance Sheets of a company, calculate the CashFlow from operating activities :

Liabilities 2004 2005 Assets 2004 2005

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

Creditors 20,000 25,000Cash 20,000 10,000

Bills Payable 20,000 5,000 Investments 40,000 30,000

Other Current Liabilities 40,000 45,000 Stock 30,000 45,000

6% Debentures 60,000 80,000Debtors 30,000 40,000

Profit & Loss A/c 80,000 1,10,000Gross Block 1,00,000 1,40,000

2,20,000 2,65,000 2,20,000 2,65,000

Or

From the following statement calculate the cash generated from operating activities:

Statement of profit for the year ending March 31st, 2005

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Salaries 10,000 By Gross Profit 85,000

To Rent 5,000 By Profit on Sale of Machinery 5,000

To Depreciation 20,000 By Dividend Received 3,000

To Loss on Sale of Building 5,000 By Commission Accrued 4,000

To Goodwill Written off 8,000

To Proposed Dividend 10,000

To Provision for Tax 15,000

To Net Profit 24,000

97,000 97,000

Part 'C' Computerised Accounting

22. What is meant by Block Coding ? 2

23. What does OLE stand for ? 2

24. What are Casual Reports ? 3

25. Outline the use of decimal places as a “property for formatting”. 3

6

6

Page 190: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

179

26. Design a debit voucher with the following information :

Date V. No. Code Account Rs.

14.01.06 2 711001 Purchases 25,000

14.01.06 2 711011 Carriage 1,500

14.01.06 2 110001 Cash 26,500

27. Write the formulae for a spread sheet to compute the allowances using the followinginformation.

M/s Ratna Ltd. employs 25 persons whose salary comprises Basic Pay, DearnessAllowance, House Rent Allowance & City Compensatory Allowance. The followingare the rules governing the payment.

Dearness Allowance : Up to a Basic Pay of Rs. 10,000 - 60% of Basic Paysubject to a minimum of Rs. 3,000. Above Rs. 10,000 - 50% of Basic Pay subjectto a minimum of Rs. 6,000.

House Rent Allowance : Rs. 2,000 up to a Basic Pay of Rs. 10,000. Rs. 5,000up to Basic Pay of Rs. 20,000. Rs. 7,000 for Basic Pay above Rs. 20,000.

City Compensatory Allowance : @ 10% of Basic Pay subject to a minimum of

Rs. 500. 3+3+1=7

QUESTION PAPER CODE 67/1

PART ‘A’ Accountancy

1. How would you calculate interest on drawings of equal amounts drawn on the

1st day of every month ? 2

2. What is meant by Calls in Advance ? 2

3. What is meant by forfeiture of shares ? 2

4. What does an Irredeemable Debenture mean ? 2

5. On March 31, 2005 after the close of books of accounts, the capital accounts ofA, B and C stood at Rs. 24,000; Rs. 20,000 and Rs. 12,000 respectively. Theprofit for the year Rs. 36,000 was distributed equally. Subsequently it wasdiscovered that interest on capital @ 5% p.a. had been omitted. The profit sharingratio was 2:2:1. Pass an adjustment journal entry. 3

6. Mona Ltd. acquired assets of Rs. 50 lakhs and took over creditors of Rs. 5 lakhsfrom Ram Enterprises. Mona Ltd. issued 8% Debentures of Rs. 100 each at apremium of 25% as purchase consideration. Record necessary journal entries inthe books of Mona Ltd. 3

3

Page 191: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

180

7. (a) A and B are partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 3 : 2. C isadmitted as a partner. A and B surrender 1/2 of their respective share infavour of C. Find the new profit sharing ratio and also the sacrificing ratio.

(b) C is to bring his share of premium for goodwill in cash. The goodwill of thefirm is estimated at Rs. 40,000. Pass necessary entries for the record of

goodwill in the above case. 2+2=4

8. The partnership between M and N was dissolved on March 31, 2005. Theircapitals on that date were Rs. 1,70,000 and Rs. 30,000 respectively. Rs. 1,00,000was owed by the firm to M, and N owed to the firm Rs. 50,000. Creditors on thatdate were Rs. 3,00,000. The assets realised Rs. 5,80,000 exclusive of what was

owed by N. Find the profit or loss on realisation. 4

9. Y Ltd. forfeited 1,500 shares of Rs. 10 each (Rs. 7 called up) for the non-paymentof the allotment money of Rs. 4 per share including Re. 1 as premium. Of these1,000 shares were re-issued to M at Rs. 6 per share as Rs. 7 called up. Journalise

the above transactions in the books of Y Ltd. 4

10. Z Ltd. issued 12% debentures of Rs. 100 each valued at Rs. 4,00,000 at a discountof 6%, repayable at par in equal proportions at the end of the 2nd, 4th and 6th year.Calculate the amount of discount to be written off at the end. of each year and

prepare Discount on Issue of Debentures Account. 4

11. Rohit Ltd. purchased for cancellation 1000 of its own 8% debentures of Rs. 250each at Rs. 200 per debenture. The Board of Directors have also decided totransfer the required amount to Debenture Redemption Reserve Account. Journalise

the transactions in the books of Rohit Ltd. . 4

12. A, B and C were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2. On31st March, 2005 their Balance Sheet was :

Liabilities Amount Assets Amount

Rs. Rs.

Creditors 7,000 Buildings 20,000

Reserves 10,000 Machinery 30,000

Capital Accounts : Stock 10,000

A 30,000 Patents 6,000

B 25,000 Debtors 8,000

C 15,000 70,000Cash 13,000

87,000 87,000

Page 192: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

181

B died on 1st October, 2005. It was agreed between his executors and the remainingpartners that:

(a) Goodwill be valued at 2 years’ purchase of the average profits of the previousfive years, which were 2001 : Rs 15,000; 2002 : Rs. 13,000; 2003 :Rs. 12,000; 2004 : Rs. 15,000 and 2005 : Rs. 20,000.

(b) Patents be valued at Rs. 8,000; Machinery at Rs. 28,000; Buildings at Rs.30,000.

(c) Profit for the year 2005 - 06 be taken as having accrued at the same rate asthe previous year.

(d) Interest on capital be provided at 10% p.a.

(e) A sum of Rs. 4,250 was paid to his executor's immediately.

Prepare B’s Capital Account and his executor's account at the time of his death. 6

13. A Ltd. issued 20,000 equity shares of Rs. 10 each at a discount of Re. 1 payableas Rs. 3 on application, Rs. 3 on allotment (after discount) and Rs. 3 on call. Theissue was oversubscribed to the extent of 15,000 shares, and the allotment wasdone as follows : (a) Applicants of 5,000 shares were given full allotment,(b) other applicants of shares were allotted shares on a pro rata basis. The excessapplication money received was to be adjusted against allotment only. All moneysdue were received with the exception of the call money on 600 shares. Pass

necessary journal entries to record the above transactions. 6

14. A, B and C were partners, sharing profits in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2. Their BalanceSheet on 31.3.2005 was as follows :

Liabilities Amount Assets AmountRs. Rs.

Capital Accounts : Plant 24,000

A 20,000 Furniture 3,000

B 25,000 Debtors 14,000

C 12,500 57,500Joint Life Policy (Surrender Value)12,000

Bank Overdraft 19,000 Bills Receivable 9,000

Mrs. C’s Loan 7,000 Stock 30,000

Creditors 18,000 Loan to B 12,000

Bills Payable 8,500 Cash in hand 6,000

1,10,000 1,10,000

Page 193: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

182

The Joint Life Policy was for a sum of Rs. 30,000. B died on 1st April, 2005, andthe firm was dissolved. Assets realised only 50% of its book value. Loan to B wasadjusted against his capital. A liability for Rs. 1,500 not shown in the BalanceSheet had to be paid. The expenses on realisation came to Rs. 2,500. Prepare theRealization Account, Partners’ Capital Accounts and Cash Account to close the

books of the firm. 6

OR

Rohit and Suresh are in partnership, sharing profits in the ratio of 2 : 3. On March31s 2005, they agree to dissolve the business. Pass necessary journal entries atthe time of dissolution to record the following :

(a) Realisation expenses amounted to Rs. 2,000.

(b) Deferred revenue advertising expenditure appeared at Rs. 60,000.

(c) P&L Account on the Assets side of the Balance Sheet was Rs. 30,000.

(d) An unrecorded asset of Rs. 3,000 was taken over by Suresh.

(e) Liabilities amounting to Rs. 24,000, already transferred to Realization Account,were settled at Rs. 22,000.

(f) Loan to Rohit was adjusted through his Capital Account, Rs. 15,000. 6

15. Given below is the Balance Sheet of Krishna and Suresh who are partners in afirm sharing profits in the ratio of 3 : 2 :

Liabilities Amount Assets Amount Rs. Rs.

Creditors 15,000 Plant & Machinery 30,000

Reserves 5,000 Patents 5,000

Capital Accounts : Furniture 3,000

Krishna 30,000 Stock 16,000

Suresh 20,000 50,000Debtors 15,000

Cash 1,000

70,000 70,000

On that date Mohan is admitted as a partner for 1/5 share on the following terms:

(a) He is to contribute Rs. 14,000 as his share of capital which includes his shareof premium for goodwill.

(b) Goodwill is valued at 2 years’ purchase of the average profits of the last 4years, which were Rs. 10,000; Rs. 9,000; Rs. 6,000 and Rs. 13,000respectively.

Page 194: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

183

(c) Plant to be written down to Rs. 25,000 and patents written up by Rs. 8,000.

(d) A Joint Life Policy taken in the names of the partners for Rs. 50,000 onwhich premiums have been paid, has a surrender value of Rs. 5,000.

Prepare the Revaluation Account, Partners’ Capital Accounts and the BalanceSheet of the new firm. 8

ORX, Y and Z are in partnership sharing profits in the ratio of 5 : 3 ; ¦ 2. Their BalanceSheet on 1.1.2006, the’ day Y decided to retire, was :

Liabilities Amount Assets AmountRs. Rs.

X’s Capital 30,000 Buildings 25,000

Ys Capital 20,000 Plant & Machinery 15,000

Z’s Capital 20,000 Investments 10,000

General Reserve 10,000 Joint Life Policy 15,000

Sundry Creditors 7,000 Debtors 10,000

Bills Payable 3,000 Stock 5,000

Cash 10,000

90,000 90,000

The terms of retirement were :(a) Y sells his share of goodwill to X for Rs. 3,000 and to Z for Rs. 4,000.(b) Stock to be appreciated by 20% and buildings by Rs. 5,000.(c) Joint Life Policy is surrendered to the Insurance Co. for Rs. 5,000 and

investments were sold for Rs. 22,000.(d) Y is paid off in cash.Prepare Revaluation Account, Capital Accounts of Partners and the Balance Sheetof the new firm. 8

PART B(Analysis of Financial Statements)

16. What is a Cash Flow Statement ? List any two uses of preparing the Cash FlowStatement. 2

17. Classify the following into cash flows from investing activities/financing activitieswhile preparing a Cash Flow Statement : 2(a) Redemption of debentures(b) Sale of fixed assets(c) Receipt of Dividend

(d) Interest Received

18. List any three items that can be shown as ‘Contingent Liabilities’ in a company’sBalance Sheet. 3

Page 195: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

184

19. From the following data prepare a Statement of Profits in the comparative form : 3

Particulars 31.3.2004 31.3.2005Rs. Rs.

Sales 8,00,000 8,00,000

GP ratio 30% 40%

Administrative Expenses 50,000 1,00,000

Income Tax 50% 50%

20. (a) From the given information calculate the Stock Turnover Ratio :Sales : Rs. 2,00,000; GP : 25%; Opening Stock was 1/4th of the value ofClosing Stock. Closing Stock was 40% of Sales.

(b) A business has a Current Ratio of 4 : 1 and a Quick Ratio of 1.2 : 1. If theWorking Capital is Rs. 1,80,000, calculate the total Current Assets and Stock. 2+2=4

21. From the following summarised Balance Sheets of a company calculate the CashFlow from operating activities : 6

Liabilities 2004 2005Assets 2004 2005Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

Creditors 20,000 25,000Cash 20,000 30,000Bills Payable 20,000 25,000Investments 40,000 30,000Other Current Liabilities 40,000 45,000 Stock 30,000 45,0006% Debentures 60,000 80,000Debtors 30,000 40,000Profit & Loss A/c 90,000 1,10,000Gross Block 1,10,000 1,40,000

2,30,000 2,85,000 2,30,000 2,85,000

OR

From the following statement calculate the cash generated from operatingactivities :

Statement of Profit for the year ending March 31st 2005Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.To Salaries 10,000 By Gross Profit 80,000To Rent 5,000 By Profit on Sale of machinery 10,000To Depreciation 20,000 By Dividend received 3,000To Loss on Sale of Building 5,000 By Commission accrued 4,000To Goodwill written off 8,000To Proposed Dividend 10,000To Provision for tax 10,000To Net Profit 29,000

97,000 97,000 6

Page 196: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

185

PART C

(Computerised Accounting)

16. What is meant by Sequential Coding ? 2

17. What does OLE stand for ? 2

18. What are On Demand Reports ? 3

19. Outline the use of the Text Align as a property for formatting. 3

20. Design a debit voucher with the following information : 3

Date V. No. Code Account Rs.

14/01/06 2 711001 Purchases 25,000

14/01/06 2 711011 Carriage 1,500

14/01/06 2 110001 Cash 26,500

21. Write the formulae for a spreadsheet to compute the allowances using the followinginformation :

M/s Ratna Ltd. employs 25 persons whose Salary comprises Basic Pay, DearnessAllowance, House Rent Allowance and City Compensatory Allowance. Thefollowing are the rules governing the payment :

Dearness Allowance : Upto a Basic Pay of Rs. 10,000 — 60% of Basic Paysubject to a minimum of Rs. 3,000. Above Rs. 10,000 — 50% of Basic Paysubject to a minimum of Rs. 6,000.

House Rent Allowance : Rs. 2,000 upto a Basic Pay of Rs. 10,000; Rs. 5,000upto Basic Pay of Rs. 20,000; Rs. 7,000 for BasioPay above Rs. 20,000.

City Compensatory Allowance : @ 10% of Basic Pay subject to a minimum of

Rs. 500. 3+3+1=7.

Page 197: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

186

Marking Scheme ---- Accountancy

General Instructions :

1. The marking scheme provide general guidelines to reduce subjectivity in the marking.

The answers given in the marking scheme are suggested answers. The content is thus

indicative. If a student has given any other answer which is different from the one

given in the marking scheme but conveys the same meaning, such answers should be

given full weightage.

2. Evaluation is to done as per instructions provided in the marking scheme. It should

not be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration –

Marking Scheme should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed.

3. If a question has parts, please award marks in the right hand side for each part.

Marks awarded for different parts of the question should then be totalled up and

written in the left hand margin and circled.

4. If a question does not have any parts, marks be awarded in the left hand margin.

5. If a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving more

marks should be retained and the other answer scored out.

6. No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized

only once.

7. Deductions upto 25% of the marks be made if the student has not drawn formats of

the journal and ledger and has not given the narrations.

8. A full scale of marks 1-100 has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full

marks if the answers deserve it.

9. No mark is to be deducted or awarded for writing/not writing ‘To’ and ‘By’ while

preparing Journal and ledger accounts.

Page 198: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

187

QUESTION PAPER CODE 67/1/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

PART A - ‘Accountancy’

1. Sometimes a partner may be guaranteed a minimum amount of share in profit.Such minimum amount is called guarantee of profit. 2 marks

2. Authorized Capital is the maximum share capital that a company is allowed toissue during its lifetime 2 marks

3. 2 marks to be awarded irrespective of any answer/ no answer. 2 marks

4. Debenture : Debenture is an instrument acknowledging a debt issued under thecommon seal of the company.(Or any other correct meaning) 2 marks

5. Dr. PROFIT & LOSS APPROPRIATION A/C Cr.

Particulars Amt.(Rs.) Particulars Amt.(Rs.)

Interest on capital P & L A/c 1,20,000A 7,500B 5,000C 2,500 15,000Profit transferred toA 52,500B 35,000C 17,500

1,20,000 1,20,000

(1½ mark for providing interest on capital +1 ½ mark for distribution of profit)1½+1½ =3 marks.

6. JOURNAL OF ROMI Ltd.Date Particular IF Dr. Amount Cr. Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)Assets Dr. 20,00,000

Creditors 2,00,000 1½ marksKapil Enterprises 18,00,000

(The purchase of assetsand liabilities form KapilEnterprises)

Kapil Enterprises Dr. 18,00,0008% Debentures 18,00,000 1½ marks

(The issue of 18,000 8%debentures at par)

1½+1½ = 3 Makrs

Page 199: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

188

7. (a) Old ratio between A, B and C = 4:3:1

A’s share taken by B

A’s share taken up by C

B’s new share

C’s new share

New profit sharing ratio = 5 : 3 1 mark

Gained share = New share – Old share

B gains

C gains

Therefore, Gaining ratio = 1 : 1 1 mark

Note: If gaining ratio is written as 1:1 without calculating, no marks should

be deducted.(b) JOURNAL

Date Particular IF Dr. Amount Cr. Amount(Rs.) (Rs.)

B’s capital A/c Dr. 4,000C’s capital A/c Dr. 4,000

A’s Capital A/c 8,000 2 marks( A’s share of goodwillcredited to his accounton retirement)

1+1+2 = 4 marks8. Dr. Realization A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount (Rs.) Particulars Amount (Rs.)

Sundry Assets 4,80,000 Creditors 2,00,000Bank-payment of 2,00,000 Bank –assets 4,50,000 2 marks creditors realized

Loss transferred to:A’s Capital 15,000B’s Capital 15,000 30,000

6,80,000 6,80,000

Page 200: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

189

Working Notes:MEMORANDUM BALANCE SHEET

As on 31.3.05

Liabilities Amount (Rs.) Assets Amount (Rs.)

Capitals B’s loan 20,000

A 1,70,000 Sundry Assets 4,80,000 2 marks

B 30,000 2,00,000 (bal. fig.)

A’s loan 1,00,000

Creditors 2,00,000

5,00,000 5,00,000

Note: 1 mark to be deducted if profit on realization has been calculated withoutpreparing Realization A/c

2+2 = 4 marks

9. JOURNAL OF X LTD.

Date Particular IF Dr. Amount Cr. Amount(Rs.) (Rs.)

Share Capital A/c Dr. 8,000

Securities PremiumA/c Dr. 2,000

Share forfeitureA/c 5,000

Share allotment/ calls-in- 5,000 2 marks

arrears/ Unpaid calls A/c

(1,000 shares forfeited for

non payment of allotment

money of Rs.5 including

premium)

Bank A/c Dr. 5,600

Share forfeitureA/c Dr. 800 6400 1 mark

Share Capital a/c

(800 share reissued @ Rs.

7 per share)

Share forfeiture A/c Dr. 3,200

Capital Reserve 3,200 1 mark

(The share forfeiture

amount transferred to

capital reserve)

2+1+1 = 4 marks

Page 201: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

190

10. Table showing calculation of discount to be written off

Year Debentures outstanding Ratio Discount written off

1 3,00,000 3 3/12 x 12,000 = 3,0002 3,00,000 3 3/12 x 12,000 = 3,0003 2,00,000 2 2/12 x 12,000 = 2,0004 2,00,000 2 2/12 x 12,000 = 2,0005 1,00,000 1 1/12 x 12,000 = 1,0006 1,00,000 1 1/12 x 12,000 = 1,000

12

OR

Year Debentures Ratio Discount written Discount writtenoutstanding off off each year

1-2 3,00,000 3 3/6 x 12,000 = 6,000 6,000/2=3,0003-4 2,00,000 2 2/6 x 12,000 = 4,000 4,000/2=2,000 1 mark5-6 1,00,000 1 1/5 x 12,000 = 2,000 2,000/2=1,000

6

Dr. Discount on issue of Debentures A/c Cr.Date Particulars Amount Date Particulars Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)1st yr. 12% Debentures 12,000 1st yr. P&L A/c 3,000

Balance c/d 9,000

12,000 12,000

2nd yr. Balance b/d 9,000 2nd yr. P&L A/c 3,000Balance c/d 6,000

9,000 9,000

3rd yr. Balance b/d 6,000 3rd yr. P&L A/c 2,000Balance c/d 4,000

6,000 6,000

4th yr. Balance b/d 4,000 4th yr. P&L A/c 2,000Balance c/d 2,000

4,000 4,000

5th yr. Balance b/d 2,000 5th yr. P&L A/c 1,000Balance c/d 1,000

2,000 2,000

6th yr. Balance b/d 1,000 6th yr. P&L A/c 1,000

1,000 1,000

3+1 = 4 marks

½ markfor eachyear=½×6=3 marks

Page 202: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

191

11. JOURNAL OF ANIRUDH LTD.

Date Particular LF Dr. Cr.Amount Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

P & L Appropriation A/c Dr. 50,000

Debenture Redemption Reserve 50,000

( Debenture Redemption Reserve

created)

Debenture A/c Dr. 4,00,000

Debenture holders 4,00,000

(Amount of Debentures due)

Debenture holders Dr. 4,00,000

Bank A/c 4,00,000

(The amount of the debentures

paid to the debenture holders)

Debenture Redemption reserve Dr. 2,00,000

General reserve 2,00,000

(Debenture Redemption reserve

transferred to general reserve)

(1 mark for each correct entry) 1×4 = 4 marks

12. JOURNAL OF A LTD.

Date Particular LF Dr. Cr.Amount Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

Bank A/c Dr. 1,05,000

Share application A/c 1,05,000

(Amount received on application)

Share Application a/c Dr. 1,05,000

Share Capital A/c 60,000

Share allotment A/c 45,000

(The amount of application money

adjusted in share capital; allotment

balance refunded)

Page 203: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

192

Share allotment A/c Dr. 60,000Discount on issue of shares Dr. 20,000

Share capital A/c 80,000(The amount due on allotment)Bank A/c Dr. 15,000

Share Allotment A/c 15,000(The amount received on allotment)Share first and final call Dr. 60,000

Share Capital A/c 60,000(The amount due on first and final call)Bank A/c Dr. 58,800

Share first and final call A/c 58,800(The amount received on first and final call)

ORBank A/c Dr. 58,800Calls-in-arrears A/c Dr. 1,200

Share first and final call A/c 60,000(The amount received on first andfinal call)

(1 mark for each correct entry) 1×6 = 6 marks

13. Dr. C’s CAPITAL A/c Cr.Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

C’s Executors A/c 27,750 Balance b/d 15,000Reserves 2,000Revaluation A/c 2,000P & L Suspense A/c 2,000 1×5 = 5 marksInterest on capital 750A’s Capital A/c 3,750B’s Capital A/c 2,250

27,750 27,750

Note: No marks for balance b/d and amount transferred to C’s executors A/c.

Dr. C’s Executor’s A/c Cr.Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

Cash A/c 7,750 C’s Capital A/c 27,750 1 markExecutor’s Loan A/c or Bal c/d 20,000

27,750 27,750

(1 mark for each adjustment entry)5+1 = 6 marks

Page 204: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

193

14. Dr. Realization A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount Particulars Amount(Rs.) (Rs.)

Plant 24,000 Bank o/d 19,000Furniture 3,000 Mrs.C’s loan 7,000Debtors 14,000 Creditors 18,000JLP 12,000 B/P 8,500 4 marksB/R 9,000 CashStock 30,000 Plant 12,000Cash Furniture 1,500Bank o/d 19,000 Debtors 7,000Mrs.C’s loan 7,000 JLP 30,000Creditors 18,000 B/R 4,500B/P 8,500 Stock 15,000 70,000Unrecorded Loss transferred to:liability 1,500 54,000 A’s Capital 12,500Cash B’s Capital 7,500Realization C’s Capital 5,000 25,000expenses 1,500

1,47,500 1,47,500

Dr. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS Cr.

Particulars A B C Particulars A B C(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)

B’s loan 12000 Balance 20,000 25,000 12,500Realization b/da/c-loss 12500 7,500 5,000Cash 7,500 5,500 7,500

20,000 25,000 12,500 20,000 25,000 12,500

(½ mark for each partner's capital A/c) 1½ marks

Dr. Cash A/c Cr.Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)Balance b/d 6,000 Realization a/c 54,000Realization A/c 70,000 Realisation A/c 1,500

A’s Capital 7,500B’s Capital 5,500C’s Capital a/c 7,500

76,000 76,000

Note: : If bank overdraft is directly transferred to Cash A/c, full credit be given.4+1½+½ = 6 marks

½ mark

Page 205: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

194

OR

JOURNAL OF A LTD.

Date Particular LF Dr. Cr.Amount Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

Realization A/c Dr. 1,000

Bank/Cash 1,000

(Realization expenses paid)

Rohit’s Capital A/c Dr. 24,000

Suresh’s Capital A/c Dr. 36,000

Deferred Revenue Expenditure A/c 60,000

(Deferred revenue expenditure

debited to partner’s capital accounts)

Rohit’s Capital A/c Dr. 12,000

Suresh’s Capital A/c Dr. 18,000

P & L A/c 30,000

(Debit balance of P&L distributed

to all the partners)

Suresh’s Capital A/c Dr. 3,000

Realization A/c 3,000

(Unrecorded asset taken over by

Suresh)

Realization A/c Dr. 22,000

Bank/Cash 22,000

(Liabilities paid at the time of

dissolution)

Rohit’s Capital A/c Dr. 15,000

Rohit’s Loan A/c 15,000

( Rohit’s loan adjusted through his

Capital A/c)

(1 mark for each correct entry) 1×6 = 6 marks

Page 206: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

195

15. Dr. Revaluation A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount Particulars Amount(Rs.) (Rs.)

Plant 5,000 Patents 8,000Profit transferred toKrishna’s Capital 1,800Suresh’s Capital 1,200 3,000

8,000 8,000 2 marks

Dr. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS Cr.

Particulars Krishna Suresh Mohan Particulars Krishna Suresh Mohan(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)

Krishna’s 840 Balance b/d 30,000 20,000capital Cash 10,000Suresh’s 560 Premium 2,400 1,600capital Reserve 3,000 2,000Balance c/d 38,040 25,360 8,600Revaluation

a/c 1,800 1,200Mohan’scapital 840 560(JLP)

38,040 25,360 10,000 38,040 25,360 10,000

(1 mark for each partner's capital A/c) 1×3 = 3 marks

Balance Sheet As on ———

Liabilities Amount Assets Amount(Rs.) (Rs.)

Creditors 15,000 Cash 15,000Capital a/c’s Debtors 15,000Krishna 38,040 Stock 16,000Suresh 25,360 Furniture 3,000Mohan 8,600 72,000 Patents 13,000

Plant & Machinery 25,000

87,000 87,000 3 marks

2+3+3 = 8 marks

Page 207: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

196

ALTERNATE ANSWERDr. Revaluation A/c Cr.Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)Plant 5,000 Patents 8,000Profit transferred toKrishna’s Capital 1,800Suresh’s Capital 1,200 3,000

8,000 8,000 2 marks

Dr. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS Cr.

Particulars Krishna Suresh Mohan Particulars Krishna Suresh Mohan(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)

Balance c/d 41,400 27,600 10,000Balance b/d 30,000 20,000Cash 10,000Premium 2,400 1,600Reserve 3,000 2,000Revaluationa/c 1,800 1,200(JLP) 4,200 2,800

41,400 27,600 10,000 41,400 27,600 10,000

(1 mark for each partner's capital A/c) 1×3 = 3 marks

Balance Sheet As on ———

Liabilities Amount Assets Amount(Rs.) (Rs.)

Creditors 15,000 Cash 15,000Capital a/c’s Debtors 15,000Krishna 41,400 Stock 16,000Suresh 27,600 JLP 7,000Mohan 10,000 79,000 Furniture 3,000

Patents 13,000Plant & Machinery 25,000

94,000 94,000 3 marks

*Alternatively full credit be given to the students for treating the JLPsurrender value through Revaluation A/c 2+3+3 = 8 marks

Page 208: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

197

OR

Dr. Revaluation A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount Particular Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

Profit transferred to : Stock 1,000

X 9,000 Building 5,000

Y 5,400 Investments 12,000

Z 3,600 18,000

18,000 18,000 2 marks

Dr. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS Cr.

Particulars X Y Z Particulars X Y Z

(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)

Y’s capital 8,000 4,000 Balance b/d 30,000 20,000 20,000

Joint Life General Reserve 5,000 3,000 2,000

Policy 4,000 2,400 1,600 Revaluation A/c 9,000 5,400 3,600

Cash 38,000 X’s capital 8,000

Balance c/d 32,000 20,000 Z’s capital 4,000

44,000 40,400 25,600 44,000 40,400 25,600

(1 mark for each partner's capital A/c) 1×3 = 3 marks

Balance Sheet of X and Z

as on 1st January 2006

Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

B/P 3,000 Cash 1,000

Creditors 7,000 Stock 6,000

Capitals Debtors 10,000

X 32,000 Plant & Machinery 15,000

Z 20,000 52,000 Building 30,000

62,000 62,000 3 marks

2+3+3 = 8 marks

Page 209: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

198

ALTERNATE ANSWER

Dr. Revaluation A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount Particular Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

Profit transferred to : Stock 1,000

X's Capital 3,000 Building 5,000

Y's Capital 1,800

Z's Capital 1,200 6,000

6,000 6,000 2 marks

Dr. Partners' Capital Accounts Cr.

Particulars X Y Z Particulars X Y Z

(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)

Y’s capital 8,000 4,000 Balance b/d 30,000 20,000 20,000

Loss on General Reserve5,000 3,000 2,000

Surrender of Revaluation A/c 3,000 1,800 1,200

JLP 4,000 2,400 1,600 X’s capital 8,000

Cash 38,000 Z’s capital 4,000

Balance c/d 32,000 20,000 Gain on sale of

investments 6,000 3,600 2,400

44,000 40,400 25,600 44,000 40,400 25,600

(1 mark for each partner's capital A/c) 1×3 = 3 marks

Balance Sheet of X and Z

as on 1st January 2006

Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

B/P 3,000 Cash 1,000

Creditors 7,000 Stock 6,000

Capitals Debtors 10,000

X 32,000 Plant & Machinery 15,000

Z 20,000 52,000 Building 30,000

62,000 62,000 3 marks

2+3+3 = 8 marks

Page 210: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

199

ALTERNATE ANSWER

ALTERNATE ANSWER

Dr. Revaluation A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount Particular Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

JLP 8,000

Profit transferred to : Stock 1,000

X's Capital 5,000 Building 5,000

Y's Capital 3,000 Investment 12,000

Z's Capital 2,000 10,000

18,000 18,000 2 marks

Dr. Partners' Capital Accounts Cr.

Particulars X Y Z Particulars X Y Z

(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)

Y’s capital 8,000 4,000 Balance b/d 30,000 20,000 20,000

Cash 38,000 General Reserve 5,000 3,000 2,000

Balance c/d 32,000 20,000 Revaluation A/c 5,000 3,000 2,000

X’s capital 8,000

Z’s capital 4,000

40,000 38,000 24,000 40,000 38,000 24,000

(1 mark for each partner's capital A/c) 1×3 = 3 marks

Balance Sheet of X and Z

as on 1st January 2006

Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

B/P 3,000 Cash 1,000

Creditors 7,000 Stock 6,000

Capitals Debtors 10,000

X 32,000 Plant & Machinery 15,000

Z 20,000 52,000 Building 30,000

62,000 62,000 3 marks

2+3+3 = 8 marks

Page 211: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

200

PART B

16. Cash Flow Statement is a statement that shows flow of cash and cash equivalentsduring a period. 1 mark

Objectives(Any two) :-(a) Short term planning(b) To understand liquidity and solvency.(c) For effective cash management.(d) For prediction of sickness.(e) For comparative study.(f) To explain reasons for lower or higher cash position.(g) To test management decisions(h) To plan the future(½ mark for each objective) ½ ×2=1 mark

1+1=2 marks17. (a) Financing.

(b) Investing(c) Investing(d) Investing.(½ mark each) ½×4=2 marks

18. Any three :(a) Capital reserve(b) Capital Redemption reserve.(c) Securities premium.(d) Surplus.(e) Proposed addition to reserve.(f) Sinking fund.(1 mark for each item) 1×3 = 3 marks

19. Comparative Income StatementFor the years ended on 31.3.04 & 31.3.05

Particulars 2004 2005 Absolute Percentage(Rs.) (Rs.) Increase/ increase/

decrease decrease

Sales 6,00,000 8,00,000 2,00,000 33.3Less: cost of goods sold 4,20,000 4,80,000 60,000 14.29

Gross profit 1,80,000 3,20,000 1,40,000 77.7Less: Administrative expenses 40,000 1,00,000 60,000 150

Net profit before tax 1,40,000 2,20,000 80,000 57.1Less :tax 70,000 1,10,000 40,000 57.1

Net profit after tax 70,000 1,10,000 40,000 57.1

(½ mark for each =½×6) 3 marks

Page 212: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

201

20. (a) Sales = 2,00,000

Gross Profit = on cost = on sales

Gross Profit = ×2,00,000

Gross Profit = 40,000Therefore, Cost of goods sold = Sales --- Gross Profit (½ mark)

= 2,00,000 --- 40,000= 1,60,000

Closing stock =

= 60,000

Opening stock =

= 20,000

Average stock = (½ mark)

=

= 40,000

Stock Turnover ratio = (½ mark)

=

= 4 times (½ mark)½+½+½+½ = 2 marks

(b)

Current Assets = 3 Current liabilities

Also Current Assets – Current Liabilities = 1,80,000

= 90,000 1 mark

Page 213: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

202

Therefore, Current Assets = 90,000 × 3 = 2,70,000

Quick ratio =

Stock = Current Assets _ Quick assets 1 mark

= 2,70,000 _ 1,08,000

= 1,62,0001+1 = 2 marks

21. Calculation of cash flow from operating activities

Particulars Details Amount

Rs. Rs.

Net Profit before tax and extraordinary items 30,000

Add: Interest on debentures* 3,600

Operating profit before Working capital changes 33,600

Add :Decrease in current assets; Increase in current

liabilities

Creditors 5,000

Other current liabilities 5,000 10,000

Less: Increase in current assets; Decrease in current

liabilities

Stock 15,000

Debtors 10,000

Bills Payable 15,000 (40,000)

Cash generated from operating activities 3,600

Note: In case the student has assumed that 6% Debentures of Rs. 20,000were issued in the beginning of the year & has added Rs. 4,800 as intereston 6% Debentures, full credit be given. 6 marks

OR

Page 214: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

203

Calculation of cash flow from operating activities (Indirect method)

Particulars Details AmountRs. Rs.

Net Profit before tax and extraordinary items 49,000Add: Goodwill written off 8,000

Loss on sale of building 5,000Depreciation 20,000 33,000

Less: Profit on sale of machinery 5,000Dividend received 3,000 (8,000)

Operating profit before Working capital changes 74,000Less: Increase in current assets; Decrease in currentliabilitiesCommission accrued (4,000)Cash from operations 70,000Less tax paid 15,000

Cash generated from operating activities 55,000 6 marks

ALTERNATE ANSWER

Calculation of cash flow from operating activities (Direct method)

Particulars Details AmountRs. Rs.

Operating cash receiptsGross Profit 85,000

Operating cash paymentsSalaries 10,000Rent 5,000 15,000Cash from operations 70,000Less tax paid 15,000

Cash generated from operating activities 55,000 6 marks

Note: If it has been assumed that no tax has been paid, marks should not bededucted.Cash from operating activities would then be Rs. 70,000.

PART C

22. This method is a modification of the sequential coding. The method codifies theentire class of objects with diverse attributes by restricting each object type to a

specific range within the coding scheme. 2 marks

Page 215: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

204

23. OLE stands for Object Linking and Embedding. It refers to an object that couldbe a photograph, bar code image or another document created in another softwareapplication. 2 marks

24. There are reports , the need for which is not anticipated, the information content ofwhich may be useful but casually required. These are ad-hoc reports and aregenerated casually by executing some simple queries without requiring much ofprofessional assistance. They are generated as and when required. 3 marks

25. This property specifies the number of decimal places upto which the control shoulddisplay a numeric data. It must be used in conjunction with format property todetermine the final appearance of numeric data. 3 marks

26. Debit Voucher

Voucher No. : 2 Date: 14-Jan.2006.Credit Account : Cash Account.

Debit Accounts

S.No. Code Name of the Amount Narrationaccount in rupees

1 711001 Purchases 25,000 Purchased goods

2 711001 Carriage 1,500 Carriage on purchases

Total 26,500

Authorized by: Prepared by : 3 marks

27. 7 marks to be awarded irrespective of any answer/ no answer. 7 marks

QUESTION PAPER CODE 67/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

PART A - ‘Accountancy’

1. Interest on drawings of equal amounts drawn on the first day of every month can

be calculated, for a periods of 6.5 months, by applying the following formula: 2 marks

OR

Product method may also be followed.

Page 216: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

205

2. Calls-in-Advance means the amount received by a company from its shareholdersin excess of the amount due form them.

Note: Only an entry without any explanation shall not be accepted. 2 marks

3. Forfeiture of shares means the cancellation of allotment of shares due to non-payment of any call money by the shareholder.

Note: Only an entry without any explanation shall not be accepted. 2 marks

4. Irredeemable Debentures are those which are not repayable during the lifetime ofthe company. 2 marks

5. JOURNALWorking Notes:

(1) Calculation of opening capitals

Particulars A B C

Closing Capital 24,000 20,000 12,000Less: Profit Credited 12,000 12,000 12,000

12,000 8,000 — 1 mark

(2) Statement of Adjustment

Particulars A B C

Amount already credited (12,000) (12,000) (12,000)Amount to be credited:

Interest on Capital 600 400 —

Profit in the ratio 2:2:1 14,000 14,000 7,000

14,600 14,400 7,000

Adjustment +2,600 +2,400 -5,000Cr. Cr. Dr. 1 mark

Date Particulars LF Debit CreditRs. Rs.

C's Capital A/c Dr. 5,000To A's Capital A/c 2,600To B's Capital A/c 2,400 1 mark

(Adjustment entry passed foromission of interest on capital& wrong credit of profit)

Note: Workings in any form be accepted. 1+1+1=3 marks

Page 217: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

206

6. JOURNAL

Date Particulars LF Debit Rs. Credit Rs.

Assets A/c Dr. 50,00,000

Creditors A/c 5,00,000 1½ marks

Ram Enterprises Ltd. 45,00,000

(Assets acquired & creditors

taken over)

Ram Enterprises Ltd. Dr. 45,00,000

8% Debentures A/c 36,00,000 1½ marks

Security Premium A/c 9,00,000

(Amount due settled by issue

of 36,000 8% debentures of

Rs. 100/- at a premium of 25%)

1½+1½ = 3 marks

7. (a) A’s old share =

A’s sacrifice =

New ratio =

A’s new share =

B’s old share =

B’s sacrifice =

B’s new share =

C’s share =

New profit sharing ratio = 3 : 2 : 5 1 mark

Sacrificing ratio = 3:2 1 mark1+1=2 marks

Page 218: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

207

(b) JOURNAL

Date Particulars LF Debit Rs. Credit Rs.

Cash A/c Dr. 20,000Premium A/c 20,000 1 mark

(Share of premium for goodwillbrought in cash by C)

Premium A/c Dr. 20,000A’s Capital A/c 12,000 1 markB’s Capital A/c 8,000

(Share of premium credited tocredited to sacrificing partners)

2+2 = 4 marks8. Dr. Realization A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount Rs. Particulars Amount Rs

S. Assets 5,50,000Creditors 3,00,000Cash – creditors paid 3,00,000Cash – assets realized 5,80,000Profit credited to:M’s capital 15,000N’s capital 15,000 30,000

8,80,000 8,80,000 2 marks

Working Notes:Memorandum Balance Sheet

As on 31.3.05

Liabilities Amount Assets AmountRs. Rs.

Capitals: Loan to N 50,000M 1,70,000 Sundry Assets (bal.fig.) 5,50,000N 30,000 2,00,000

Loan from M 1,00,000Creditors 3,00,000

6,00,000 6,00,000 2 marks

Note: 1 mark to be deducted if profit on realisation has been calculatedwithout preparing Realisation A/c. 2+2 = 4 marks

Page 219: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

208

9. JOURNAL

Date Particulars LF Debit Rs. Credit Rs.

Share Capital A/c Dr. 10,500

Security Premium A/c Dr. 1,500

Calls Unpaid/ Calls-in-Arrears A/c 6,000

Share Forfeiture A/c 6,000 2 marks

(1,500 shares forfeited for non-payment

of allotment money of Rs. 4 including

Re 1 as premium)

OR

Share Capital A/c Dr. 10,500

Security Premium A/c Dr. 1,500

Share Allotment A/c 6,000

Share forfeiture A/c 6,000

(1,500 shares forfeited for non-payment

of allotment money of Rs. 4 including

Re. 1 as premium)

Bank A/c Dr. 6,000

Share forfeiture A/c Dr. 1,000

Share Capital A/c 7,000 1 mark

(1,000 shares reissued at Rs. 6 per share

as Rs. 7 called up)

Share Forfeiture A/c Dr. 3,000

Capital Reserve 3,000 1 mark

(Profit on reissue of shares transferred

to Capital Reserve)

2+1+1 = 4 marks

Page 220: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

209

10. Calculation of Amount of Discount to be written off-

Year end Amount of debentures outstanding in Ratio Amount to bethe beginning written off

I 4,00,000 3 6,000II 4,00,000 3 6,000III 2,66,667 2 4,000IV 2,66,667 2 4,000V 1,33,333 1 2,000VI 1,33,333 1 2,000 1 mark

12

Dr. Discount on Issue of Debentures A/c Cr.

Date Particulars AmountRs. Date Particulars AmountRs.

I 12% Debentures A/c 24,000 I P & L A/c 6,000Bal c/d 18,000

24,000 24,000

II Bal b/d 18,000 II P & L A/c 6,000Bal c/d 12,000

18,000 18,000

III Bal b/d 12,000 III P & L A/c 4,000Bal c/d 8,000

12,000 12,000

IV Bal b/d 8,000 IV P & L A/c 4,000Bal c/d 4,000

4,000 8,000

V Bal b/d 4,000 V P & L A/c 2,000Bal c/d 2,000

4,000 4,000

VI Bal b/d 2,000 VI P & L A/c 2,000

2,000 2,000

½ mark for each year 1½×6=3 marks

In case a Student has got amount of discount written off for the years 3 to 6 with

variation up to Rs. 10 & also in decimals full credit to be given. 1+3 =4 marks

Page 221: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

210

11. JOURNAL

Date Particulars LF Debit Rs. Credit Rs.P & L App. A/c Dr. 1,25,000

Debenture Redemption Reserve 1,25,000 1 mark(Debenture Redemption Reservecreated)

Own Debentures Dr. 2,00,000Bank A/c 2,00,000 1 mark

(1,000 own debentures purchased@ Rs. 200)

8% Debentures A/c Dr. 2,50,000Own Debenture A/c 2,00,000 1 markProfit on Cancellation ofDebentures A/c 50,000

(1,000 own debentures cancelled)

Profit on Cancellation of Debentures Dr. 50,000Capital Reserve A/c 50,000 1 mark

(Profit on cancellation of debenturestransferred to Capital Reserve)

1+1+1+1 = 4 marks

12. Dr. B’s Capital A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount Particulars AmountRs. Rs.

B’s Executor A/c 44,250 Bal b/d 25,000Reserves 3,000A’s Capital A/c 6,429C’s Capital A/c 2,571Revaluation A/c 3,000P & L Suspense A/c 3,000Interest on Capital 1,250

44,250 44,250

Note: No marks for balance b/d and amount transferred to B’s executors A/c.(1 mark for each correct adjustment ) 1× 5= 5 marks

Dr. B’s Executors A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount Particulars AmountRs. Rs.

Cash 4,250 B’s Capital A/c 44,250Bal c/d 40,000

44,250 44,250 1 mark

5+1=6 marks

Page 222: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

211

13. JOURNAL

Date Particulars LF Debit Credit Rs. Rs.

Bank A/c Dr. 1,05,000Share Application A/c 1,05,000 1 mark

(Share Application money received on35,000 shares @ Rs. 3 per share)

Share Application A/c Dr. 1,05,000Share Capital A/c 60,000Share Allotment A/c 45,000 1 mark

(Share Application money transferredto Share Capital and excess applicationmoney transferred to Share AllotmentA/c)

Share Allotment A/c Dr. 60,000Discount on Issue of Shares Dr. 20,000

Share Capital A/c 80,000 1 mark(Share Allotment money due @ Rs.3per share, after a discount of Re. 1/-)

Bank A/c Dr. 15,000Share Allotment A/c 15,000 1 mark

(Share Allotment money received)

Share First & Final Call A/c Dr. 60,000Share Capital A/c 60,000 1 mark

(Share First & Final Call moneydue @ Rs. 3/-)

Bank A/c Dr. 58,200Calls-in-Arrears A/c Dr. 1,800

Share First & Final Call A/c 60,000 1 mark(Share First & Final Call moneyreceived on 19,400 shares)

OR

Bank A/c Dr. 58,200Share First & Final Call A/c 58,200(Share First & Final Call moneyreceived on 19,400 shares)

1×6 = 6 marks

Page 223: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

212

14. Dr. Realization A/c Cr.Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

Rs. Rs.Plant A/c 24,000 Bank Overdraft 19,000Furniture A/c 3,000 Mrs. C's Loan 7,000Debtors A/c 14,000 Creditors 18,000JLP A/c 12,000Bills Payable 8,500Bills Receivable 9,000 Cash-assets realised :Stock 30,000 JLP 30,000Cash-liabilities paid : Plant 12,000

Unrecorded Liability1,500 Furniture 1,500Bank Overdraft 19,000 Debtors 7,000Mrs. C’s Loan 7,000 Bills Receivable 4,500Creditors 18,000 Stock 15,000 70,000Bills Payable 8,500 54,000 Loss on Realisation

Cash-expenses 2,500 transferred to :A’s Capital 13,000B’s Capital 7,800C’s Capital 5,200 26,000

1,48,500 1,48,500 4 marks

Dr. Partners’ Capital A/c Cr.Particulars A B C Particulars A B C

Loan to B 12,000 Bal b/d 20,000 25,000 12,500Realization 13,000 7,800 5,200Cash A/c 7,000 5,200 7,300

20,000 25,000 12,500 20,000 25,000 12,500

(½ mark for each partner's capital A/c) ½×3 = 1½ marksDr. Cash A/c Cr.Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

Rs. Rs.Bal b/d 6,000 Realisation A/c 54,000Realisation A/c 70,000 Realisation A/c 2,500

A’s Capital A/c 7,000B’s Capital A/c 5,200C’s Capital A/c 7,300

76,000 76,000

Note: If bank overdraft is directly transferred to Cash A/c, full credit be given. ½ mark4+1½+1 = 6 marks

Page 224: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

213

OR

JOURNAL

Date Particulars LF Debit Credit

Rs. Rs.

Realisation A/c Dr. 2,000

Cash A/c 2,000 1 mark

(Realisation expenses paid)

Rohit’s Capital A/ Dr. 24,000

Suresh’s Capital A/c Dr. 36,000

Deferred Revenue Advertising 60,000 1 mark

Expenditure A/c

(Deferred Revenue Advertising

Expenditure transferred to Partners’

Capitals)

Rohit’s Capital A/c Dr. 12,000

Suresh’s Capital A/c Dr. 18,000

P & L A/c 30,000 1 mark

(Loss transferred to Partners’ Capitals)

Suresh’s Capital A/c Dr. 3,000

Realisation A/c 3,000 1 mark

(An unrecorded asset taken over by

Suresh)

Realisation A/c Dr. 22,000

Cash A/c 22,000 1 mark

(Liabilities paid off)

Rohit’s Capital A/c Dr. 15,000

Loan to Rohit A/c 15,000 1 mark

(Loan to Rohit adjusted against his

capital)

1+1+1+1+1+1= 6 marks

Page 225: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

214

15. Dr. Revaluation A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount Particulars AmountRs. Rs.

Plant 5,000 Patents 8,000Profit on Revaluationcredited to:

Krishna 1,800Suresh 1,200 3,000

8,000 8,000 2 marks

Dr. Partners’ Capital A/c Cr.

Particulars Krishna Suresh Mohan Particulars Krishna Suresh Mohan

Krishna’s Bal b/d 30,000 20,000capital 600 Reserves 3,000 2,000Suresh’s Revaluationcapital 400 A/c 1,800 1,200Bal c/d 37,800 25,200 9,000Cash 10,000

Premium 2,400 1,600Mohan’scapital (JLP) 600 400 —

37,800 25,200 10,000 37,800 25,200 10,000

(1 mark for each partner's capital a/c) 1×3 = 3 marks

Balance SheetAs on…….

Liabilities Amount Assets AmountRs. Rs.

Creditors 15,000 Cash 15,000Capitals: Debtors 15,000

Krishna 37,800 Stock 16,000Suresh 25,200 Furniture 3,000

Mohan 9,000 72,000 Patents 13,000Plant & Machinery 25,000

87,000 87,000 3 marks

2+3+3 = 8 marks

Page 226: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

215

ALTERNATE ANSWER

Particulars Amount Particulars AmountRs. Rs.

Plant 5,000 Patents 8,000Profit on Revaluationcredited to:

Krishna 1,800Suresh 1,200 3,000

8,000 8,000 2 marks

Dr. Partners’ Capital A/c Cr.

Particulars Krishna Suresh Mohan Particulars Krishna Suresh Mohan

Bal c/d 40,200 26,800 10,000Bal b/d 30,000 20,000Reserves 3,000 2,000Revaluation A/c 1,800 1,200Cash 10,000Premium 2,400 1,600capital (JLP) 3,000 2,000 —

40,200 26,800 10,000 40,200 26,800 10,000

(1 mark for each partner's capital a/c) 1×3 = 3 marks

Balance SheetAs on…….

Liabilities Amount Assets AmountRs. Rs.

Creditors 15,000 Cash 15,000Capitals: Debtors 15,000

Krishna 40,200 Stock 16,000Suresh 26,800 Joint Life Policy* 5,000

Mohan 10,000 77,000 Furniture 3,000Patents 13,000Plant & Machinery 25,000

92,000 92,000 3 marks

*Alternatively full credit be given to be students for treating the JLPsurrender value through Revaluation A/c

2+3+3 = 8 marks

Page 227: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

216

OR

Dr. Revaluation A/c Cr.

Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

Rs. Rs.

Profit on Revaluation Stock 1,000

transferred to: Building 5,000

X’s Capital 9,000 Investments 12,000

Y’s Capital 5,400

Z’s Capital 3,600 18,000

18,000 18,000

Dr. Partners’ Capital A/c Cr.

Particulars X Y Z Particulars X Y Z

Y’s Capital 3,000 4,000 Bal b/d 30,000 20,000 20,000

JLP 5,000 3,000 2,000 General

Cash 32,400 Reserve 5,000 3,000 2,000

Bal c/d 36,000 19,600 Revaluation

A/c 9,000 5,400 3,600

X’s Capital 3,000

Z’s Capital 4,000

44,000 35,400 25,600 44,000 35,400 25,600

(1 mark for each partner's capital a/c) 1×3 = 3 marks

Balance Sheet

As on 1.1.2006

Liabilities Amount Assets Amount

Rs. Rs.

Bills Payable 3,000 Cash 4,600

Sundry Creditors 7,000 Stock 6,000

X’s Capital 36,000 Debtors 10,000

Z’s Capital 19,600 Plant & Machinery 15,000

Buildings 30,000

65,600 65,600

2+3+3 = 8 marks

Page 228: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

217

ALTERNATE ANSWER

Dr. Revaluation A/c Cr.Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

Rs. Rs.Profit on Revaluation Stock 1,000transferred to: Building 5,000

X’s Capital 3,000Y’s Capital 1,800Z’s Capital 1,200 6,000

6,000 6,000 2 marks

Dr. Partners’ Capital A/c Cr.

Particulars X Y Z Particulars X Y Z

Y’s Capital 3,000 4,000 Bal b/d 30,000 20,000 20,000

Loss on 5,000 3,000 2,000 General

Surrender of Reserve 5,000 3,000 2,000

JLP Revaluation

Cash 32,400 A/c 3,000 1,800 1,200

Bal c/d 36,000 19,600 X’s Capital 3,000

Z’s Capital 4,000

Profit on sale 6,000 3,600 2,400

of investments

44,000 35,400 25,600 44,000 35,400 25,600

(1 mark for each partner's capital a/c) 1×3 = 3 marks

Balance Sheet

As on 1.1.2006

Liabilities Amount Assets Amount

Rs. Rs.

Bills Payable 3,000 Cash 4,600

Sundry Creditors 7,000 Stock 6,000

X’s Capital 36,000 Debtors 10,000

Z’s Capital 19,600 Plant & Machinery 15,000

Buildings 30,000

65,600 65,600

2+3+3 = 8 marks

Page 229: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

218

ALTERNATE ANSWER

Dr. Revaluation A/c Cr.Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

Rs. Rs.

JLP 10,000 Stock 1,000Profit on Revaluation Building 5,000transferred to: Investments 12,000

X’s Capital 4,000Y’s Capital 2,400Z’s Capital 1,600 8,000

18,000 18,000 2 marks

Dr. Partners’ Capital A/c Cr.

Particulars X Y Z Particulars X Y Z

Y’s Capital 3,000 4,000 Bal b/d 30,000 20,000 20,000

Cash 32,400 General

Bal c/d 36,000 19,600 Reserve 5,000 3,000 2,000

Revaluation

A/c 4,000 2,400 1,600

X’s Capital 3,000

Z’s Capital 4,000

39,000 32,400 23,600 39,000 32,400 23,600

(1 mark for each partner's capital a/c) 1×3 = 3 marks

Balance Sheet

As on 1.1.2006

Liabilities Amount Assets Amount

Rs. Rs.

Bills Payable 3,000 Cash 4,600

Sundry Creditors 7,000 Stock 6,000

X’s Capital 36,000 Debtors 10,000

Z’s Capital 19,600 Plant & Machinery 15,000

Buildings 30,000

65,600 65,600

2+3+3 = 8 marks

Page 230: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

219

PART B

16. Cash Flow Statement : Cash flow Statement is a statement which shows the changes in cash & cash

equivalents during a given time period. 1 mark

Uses of preparing the Cash Flow Statement : (Any Two)(a) Efficient Cash Management(b) Helps in Planning and Coordination(c) Helps in Control(d) Useful in Internal Financial Management(Or any other correct use) ½×2 = 1 marks

1+1 = 2 marks17. (a) Financial (b) Investing

(c) Investing (d) Investing(½ mark each) ½×4 = 2 marks

18. Contingent Liabilities : (Any 3)(a) Claim against the company not acknowledged as debt(b) Uncalled liability on shares partly paid.(c) Arrears of fixed cumulative dividend(d) Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on Capital A/c &

not provided for(e) Bills discounted not yet matured(Or any other correct item)(1 mark each) 1×3 = 3 marks

19. Comparative Income StatementFor the year ended on 31.3.2004 & 2005

Particulars 2004 2005 Absolute PercentageChange Change

Sales 8,00,000 8,00,000 — —Less: COGS 5,60,000 4,80,000 (80,000) 14.3

Gross Profit 2,40,000 3,20,000 80,000 33.3Less:Indirect Expenses

Administrative Expenses 50,000 1,00,000 50,000 100

Operating Profit 1,90,000 2,20,000 30,000 15.8Add: Non-operating Income — — — —Less: Non-operating Expenses — — — —

Net Profit 1,90,000 2,20,000 30,000 15.8Less: Income Tax 95,000 1,10,000 15,000 15.8

Net Profit after tax 95,000 1,10,000 15,000 15.8½ mark for each step 6×½ = 3 marks

Page 231: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

220

20. (a) Stock Turnover Ratio ½ mark

COGS = Sales – GP= 2,00,000 – 50,000= 1,50,000

Closing Stock = 40% of 2,00,000= 80,000 ½ mark

Opening Stock

= 20,000 ½ mark

Average Stock

STR

= 3 times. ½ mark

(b) Current Ratio

............................... (1)

Quick Ratio

................................ (2)

Also CA – CL = 1,80,000

CA= 1,80,000 + CL ..................... (3)

From (1) & (3)

4 CL = 1,80,000 + CL

3 CL = 1,80,000

CL = 60,000

CA=2,40,000 1 mark

Stock = CA – QA

= 2,40,000 – 1.2 (60,000)

= 2,40,000 – 72,000

= 1,68,000 1 mark

2+2 = 4 marks

Page 232: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

221

21. Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Particulars Details AmountRs. Rs.

Net Profit before Tax 20,000

Adjustments for non-cash & non-operating items

Add: Interest on 6% Debentures 3,600

Operating Profit before Working Capital changes:

Add: Decrease in Current Assets, Increase in

Current Liabilities

Creditors 5,000

Bills Payable 5,000

Other Current Liabilities 5,000 15,000

Less: Increase in Current Assets, Decrease in

Current Liabilities

Stock (15,000)

Debtors (10,000) (25,000)

Cash from operations 13,600

6 marksOR

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

Particulars Details Amount

Rs. Rs.

Gross Profit 80,000

Less: Salaries paid 10,000

Rent paid 5,000 15,000

Cash flows from operations 65,000

Less tax paid (10,000)

Cash generated from operating activities 55,000

6 marks

Page 233: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

222

ALTERNATE ANSWERCash Flows From Operating Activities

Particulars Details Amount

Net Profit before Tax 49,000Adjustments for non-cash & non- operating items:Add: Depreciation 20,000

Loss on Sale of Building 5,000Goodwill written off 8,000 33,000

Less: Profit on Sale of Machinery (10,000)Dividend Received (3,000) (13,000)

Operating Profit before working capital changes 69,000Less: Increase in Accrued Commission 4,000Cash from operations 65,000Less tax paid (10,000)

Cash generated from operating activities 55,000

Note: If it has been assumed that no tax has been paid, marks should notbe deducted. Cash from operating activities would then be Rs.65,000.

PART C

16. This method of coding is used to represent items/ objects in some sequence:ascending or descending. 2 marks

17. OLE stands for Object Linking and Embedding. It refers to an object that couldbe a photograph, bar code image or another document created in another softwareapplication. 2 marks

18. The reports which are generated on the triggering of some event are called ondemand reports 3 marks

19. Text Align property affects the manner in which data is aligned within the control.The available options are: General, left, central, right and distribute. 3 marks

20. Debit Voucher

Voucher No. : 2 Date: 14-Jan.2006.Credit Account : Cash Account.

Debit Accounts

S.No. Code Name of the Amount Narrationaccount in rupees

1 711001 Purchases 25,000 Purchased goods

2 711001 Carriage 1,500 Carriage on purchases

Total 26,500

Authorized by: Prepared by : 3 marks

21. 7 marks to be awarded irrespective of any answer or no answer. 7 marks

Page 234: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

223

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 70

General Instructions :

(i) All the questions are compulsory.

(ii) Marks are indicated against each question.

(iii) Questions No. 1 to 5 are very short answer questions carrying 1 mark each. Answer to

each of these should not exceed 15 words.

(iv) Questions No. 6 to 10 are short answer questions carrying 2 marks each. Answer to each

of these should not exceed 50 words.

(v) Questions No. 11 to 17 are short answer questions carrying 3 marks each. Answer to

each of these should not exceed 75 words.

(vi) Questions No. 18 to 21 are short answer questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to

each of these should not exceed 150 words.

(vii) Questions No. 22 to 24 are long answer questions carrying 6 marks each. Answer to

each of these should not exceed 250 words.

QUESTION PAPER CODE 98

1. What is meant by Annual Turnover ? 1

2. What is the importance of a no objection certificate ? 1

3. What are the important elements of a production plan ? 1

4. What is meant by trade practices ? 1

5. Why is pricing considered a crucial activity ? 1

6. An entrepreneur is known as an ‘opportunity spotter’. Write a note in brief. 2

7. What is meant by equity funds ? How are these obtained ? 2

8. What compulsions would have led an entrepreneur to set up his enterprise outside

city limits ? List any two such compulsions. 2

9. How does advertising help an enterprise ? 2

10. What are the advantages of taking assets on lease ? 2

11. How is the political factor important for Entrepreneurship ? 3

Page 235: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

224

12. How does market demand influence a business idea ? Give a suitable example. 3

13. Briefly explain how the manpower cost has a direct bearing on the profitability of

an enterprise. 3

14. What is net profit ratio ? What does it indicate ? 3

15. What is meant by the Innovative process ? 3

16. What is meant by public financing ? How does it support an enterprise ? 3

17. As a young entrepreneur you are investing in a Book Stall. What kind of sales

promotion techniques would you adopt ? Explain in brief. 3

18. What financial resources are needed to start and sustain an enterprise ? Give

suitable examples in support of your answer. 4

19. You are planning to establish a small-scale textile import unit. What types of utilities

would you need for the smooth running of your enterprise ? Explain briefly. 4

20. Define Financial Planning. Explain the role of financial planning in management. 4

21. Distinguish between Debentures and Equity Shares on the basis of : 4

(a) Payment of Dividend

(b) Repayment of capital

(c) Voting rights

(d) Rate of dividend

22. Describe the process of testing ideas for assessing their opportunity potential. 6

OR

Discuss any three fields of ideas with suitable examples. 6

23. What does ‘decision-making’ stand for ? Explain the steps involved in decision

making. 6

OR

“An enterprise that does not grow will eventually die.” Explain with suitable examples. 6

24. An entrepreneur wants to start a series of 10 service outlets (Auto Service) in thecity. List out the various inputs he would need in terms of human resources foreffective services through his endeavour. Keeping the minimum wages for the

labour he would employ, and other staff, work out an approximate financial profile. 6

OR

Page 236: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

225

You are planning to manufacture 1000 kilos of traditional sweets every day for

retail sale. Draft a report that will indicate the following : 6

(a) Sources for Raw Materials

(b) Manufacturing Methods

(c) Manpower Requirements

(d) Technical Feasibility

(e) Financial Viability

(f) Marketing Strategy

QUESTION PAPER CODE 98/1

1. What is Market Assessment ? 1

2. List the uniqueness of an Entrepreneur. 1

3. Why. does a Company need a Production Plan ? 1

4. What is a sample survey ? 1

5. What is meant by Variable Pricing ? 1

6. What are the two basic roles of an entrepreneur ? 2

7. What is Venture Capital ? List two inputs that would form a part of Venture Capital. 2

8. What compulsions would have led an entrepreneur to set up his enterprise outsidecity limits ? List any two such compulsions. 2

9. Why is advertising necessary for products ? 2

10. List any four items of an enterprise that can be taken on lease. 2

11. How is socio-cultural factor important for entrepreneurship ? 3

12. How does market supply influence a business idea ? Give a suitable example. 3

13. “Pollution control systems should be a part of the plant design of an enterprise”.

Explain in brief. 3

14. What is a Debt Equity Ratio ? What does it indicate ? 3

15. What is meant by the creative process ? 3

16. What is meant by personal financing ? How does it support an enterprise ? 3

17. As a young entrepreneur you are investing in a fast food set up. What kind of salespromotion techniques would you adopt ? Explain in brief. 3

Page 237: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

226

18. Explain in brief any four steps needed to develop a good human resource for an

organization. 4

19. You are planning to establish a small scale textile export unit. What are the typesof utilities you would need for the smooth running of your enterprise ? Explain

briefly. 4

20. What is meant by Capital Structure ? Discuss the factors affecting the determination

of the Capital Structure of an enterprise. 4

21. Distinguish between ‘preference shares’ and ‘equity shares’ on the basis of : 4

(a) Payment of dividend

(b) Repayment of capital

(c) Voting rights

(d) Rate of dividend

22. Describe the different stages involved in setting up a small scale enterprise. 6

Or

With an example for each method, describe the different methods adopted by

entrepreneurs to generate ideas. 6

23. An entrepreneur intends to manufacture ice cream during summer. Draw a plan of

action indicating the fixed costs, variable costs, direct costs and overheads. 6

Or

Discuss the growth sustaining activities giving suitable examples. 6

24. You are planning to manufacture 1000 kilos of crispy snacks every day for retail

sale. Draft a report that will indicate the following : 6

(a) Sources for raw materials

(b) Manufacturing methods

(c) Manpower requirements

(d) Technical feasibility

(e) Financial viability and

(f) Marketing strategy

Or

An entrepreneur wants to start a series of 10 service outlets (Computersmaintenance) in the city. List out the various inputs he would need in terms ofhuman resources for effective services through his endeavour. Keeping the minimumwages for the labour he would employ, and other staff, work out an approximate

financial profile. 6

Page 238: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

227

Marking Scheme—Entrepreneurship

General Instructions :

1. The Marking Scheme provides general guidelines to reduce subjectivity in themarking. The answers given in the Marking Scheme are suggested answers. Thecontent is thus indicative. If a student has given any other answer, which is differentfrom the one given in the Marking Scheme, but conveys the requisite meaning,such answers should be given full weightage.

2. Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme.

3. If a question has parts, please award marks in the right hand side for each part.Marks awarded for different parts of the question should then be totalled up andwritten in the left hand margin.

4. If a question does not have any parts, marks be awarded in the left-hand margin.

5. If a candidate has attempted a question twice, marks obtained in the questionattempted first should be retained and the other answer should be scored out.

6. There are few questions on distinction between two concepts. In such questions,sometimes some students give one aspect of the difference correctly and theother is either wrong or not given at all, no mark should be given for suchdistinction.

7. In case of choice-type questions, if an examinee attempts both the choices, assessthe choice attempted first.

8. In a question, if the question asks for two features/ characteristics/ points but anexaminee writes more than two features/ characteristics/ points, say, five of whichfirst is correct, second is incorrect, the first two should be assessed and theremaining should be ignored.

9. It is expected that the Marking Scheme should be followed objectively to avoidover-strict tendency in marking. For instance, if an examinee scores 20 marks,his/ her marks should not be inflated to 23 simply to pass him/her.

10. Marks should be awarded keeping in view the total marks of that particular questionand not the total marks of the question paper. For example, if one mark is givento a 3 marks question even if nothing is correct then that one mark constitutes33% of the total marks ear-marked for this answer. This must be avoided.

11. A full scale of marks 0-70 has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award fullmarks if the answer deserves it. Similarly, wherever an examinee writes answerup to the mark, his/her marks should not be deducted unnecessarily.

Page 239: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

228

QUESTION PAPER CODE 98

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

1. Means the total sales of the year including cash and credit. 1 mark

2. No objection certificate helps the entrepreneur in the provisional registration of

the unit. 1 mark

3. Elements of a production plan : (any two points)(a) Supply of raw materials(b) Work schedule(c) Maintenance(d) Quality assurance(e) Sales forecasting(f) Production storage maintenance. ½×2 = 1 mark

4. Policies and practices adopted by the business to perform its activities in the

market. 1 mark

5. Pricing is crucial : (one point)(a) Related to the profits.(b) Decides the preference of the buyer(c) Decides marketing strategy(d) Reach of product in the market. 1 mark

6. Entrepreneur identify the problems in the environment and convert them into an

opportunity or viable business venture. 2 marks

7. Funds invested by the owners of the business by way of equity shares and free

reserves. They are obtained by way of issue of shares. 1+1 = 2 marks

8. (a) Easily availability of cheap and skilled labour(b) Cheap land rates(c) Rigid pollution standards(d) Concessions given by the govt.(e) Infrastructural facilities.(or any other appropriate answer) 1×2 = 2 marks

9. Any two points given below.

(a) creates and stimulates demand(b) minimizes marketing cost(c) facilitate speedy movements of products(d) creates goodwill(e) creates customer. 1×2 = 2 marks

Page 240: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

229

10. Any 2 points(a) No full amount is paid for acquiring the assets.(b) Assets can be charged or given back to the leaser any time.(c) In case of short term contracts no need to purchase the assets.(d) Helpful in cases where cost of equipment and depreciation is high. 1×2 = 2 marks

11. Political factors are important for entrepreneurship as they have a direct bearingon the trade policies and commerce as the working of the business depends upon

the policies and decisions taken by the government from time to time. 3 marks

12. Market demand will help in assessing price of the product, supply, the targetcustomer, production level and taste and preference of consumers.

(any appropriate) — example 2+1 = 3 marks

13. Manpower cost is the cost paid to workers in the organization. It consist a major

part in the total cost of production which influence the profits of the enterprise. 3 marks

14. Net profit ratio is the ratio. Net profits in relation to net sales of the business

It indicates the profitability of the business. Higher it is the better is suppose to be.1+1+1 = 3 marks

15. Innovation process involves the translation of a useful idea into an applicationwhich has commercial value.

It involves(a) Analytical planning(b) Organizing resources.(c) Implementation(d) Commercial application 2+1 = 3 marks

16. Public financing is the process where funds are raised through issue of shares ordebentures.

It supports the enterprise by creating the image and creditability of the company.

It enhances the scope for credits, marketing strategy etc. 2+1 = 3 marks

17. Any 3 points with details.(a) Price off(b) Samples(c) Premiums(d) Coupons(e) Contests(or any other appropriate point) 1×3 = 3 marks

Page 241: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

230

18. Funds are needed both for fixed capital as well as working capital

They may be raised for :-

(a) short term – cash credit, advance from customer

(b) medium term – public deposit, loans from bank and financial institutions.

(c) Long term – equity share, preference share and debenture 4 marks

19. (a) Physical resources

(b) Technical resources

(c) Financial resources

(d) Human resources

(points with proper explanations) 1×4 = 4 marks

20. Financial planning is the process of deciding in advance the Capitalization andcapital structure of the enterprise.

(Any two points)

(a) helps in estimating the amount of capital to be raised

(b) helps in determing the forms and proportionate amount of capital

(c) ensure that no surplus or shortage of funds.

(d) Ensure liquidity and safety and security of funds. 2+2 = 4 marks

21.

Basis Debenture Shares

(a) payment of dividend Dividend is not paid Dividend is paid on share

as interest is paid on

them

(b) repayment of capital Prior to share holder After debentures

(c) Voting rights No voting rights Carry voting rights

(d) rate of dividend A fixed rate of interest Rate of dividend paid isis paid not fixed

(point a and d if written incorrectly still two marks will be given as the point of

distinction are not cleared) 1×4 = 4 marks

22. Process of testing ideas is as follows:-

1. Product or service identification

2. application and use

3. level of operation

4. cost

Page 242: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

231

5. competition

6. technical complexity For points = 4 marks

7. annual turnover and profit margins For details = 2 marks

Total 6 marks

OR

(Any three points with details)

(a) Natural resources (e) Trading related ideas

(b) Existing products or service (f) Service sector ideas

(c) Market driven ideas (g) Creative efforts

(d) Demand driven ideas 2×3 = 6 marks

23. Decision making stands for the process of taking various decisions

Related to the problem and opportunities faced by an entrepreneur.Def – 2 marks

Steps :-

1. defining the problem 5. compare alternatives

2. analyse and identify the situation 6.Rate the risk

3. gathering information 7.Select the best alternative

4. develop alternatives 8.implementation

(Point 4 marks) 2+4 = 6 marks

OR

(a) direct and indirect competition

(b) changes in technology

(c) consumer trends

(d) creativity and innovation

( 1 mark for detail and ½ for example per point) 1½×4 = 6 marks

24. Human resources required-

(a) skilled labour

(b) semi skilled labour

(c) unskilled labour

financial profile is the assessment of revenue, cost, profits and losses etc.

(any other appropriate answer) 6 marks

OR

If the child has explained the points asked clearly full marks to be awarded

(any other appropriate answer) 1×6 = 6 marks

Page 243: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

232

QUESTION PAPER CODE 98/1

EXPECTED ANSWERS/VALUE POINTS

1. Market assessment is the study of the market to identify the target customers,

demand and supply position of a product, competition, project innovation and

changes and understanding the existing trade practices. 1 marks

(Give 1 mark for any one of the correct point mentioned)

2. (a) Vision and creativity.

(b) Ability to perceive basic idea.

(c) Ability to harness different sources.

(d) Innovation.

(e) Taking initiative.

(f) Persistence

(g) Self confidence.

(h) Faith and commitment to a planning paradigm.

(i) Information seeking and concern for people and environment. 1 mark

(Give 1 mark for any one of the correct point mentioned)

3. (a) Ensure availability of raw material.

(b) Monitor the production output and stock.

(c) Schedule the work – what needs to be done, by whom and at what time.

(d) to mobilize resources.

(e) to calculate the cost of production.

(f) Plan the route of production

(g) Identify the standard capacity of machines, std output and std quality.

(h) Working capacity of each machine.

(Give 1 mark for any two points) ½×2 = 1 mark

4. It is a survey of few selected customers scattered over a wide geographical area.1 mark

5. Variable pricing is the policy of charging different prices from different customers

depending upon the situations prevailing in the market. 1 mark

6. Basic two roles of an entrepreneur

(a) Opportunity spotter

(b) Project champion. 1×2 = 2 marks

Page 244: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

233

7. Venture capital is the investment made by the entrepreneur to start the business.

It is the risky capital.

2 inputs are –

(a) equity (b) Debt

(for any other appropriate answer give full marks)

(1 mark definition, ½ mark each input) 1+1 = 2 marks

8. (a) Easily availability of cheap and skilled labour(b) Cheap land rates(c) Concessions given by the govt.(d) Rigid pollution standards.(e) Cheap and easy availability of raw material.(f) Infrastructural facilities provided by the govt.

(or any other appropriate point) 1×2 = 2 marks

9. Any two points given below. (Any two points)

(a) Creates and stimulates demand.(b) Minimizes marketing cost.(c) Facilitates speedy movements of products.(d) Creates goodwill.(e) Creates customers.(f) Monitors buying habits.(g) Expansion and diversification of products

(Or any appropriate point) 1×2 = 2 marks

10. (a) Machinery

(b) Furniture.

(c) Land

(d) Computers , air conditioners.

(e) Building

(f) Any other equipment. ½×4 = 2 marks

11. Socio cultural factors help the entrepreneurs to produce the product or servicewhich satisfy the needs of the individuals (customers). On the basis of life styles,beliefs, custom, convention practices, family background, age group,education etc.

(any one point should be included in the answer) 3 marks

12. It helps us in knowing the quantities of the products made available in the marketby all the existing players and future expectations of new entrant in the field. Therebyhelping in deciding about the manufacturing capacity, chances of increase or decreasein supplies, prices, image of product etc. Example- any one suitable example.2+1 = 3 marks

Page 245: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

234

13. Pollution may be of noise, air, water or affluent and may lead to animal and humanhealth hazards Entrepreneurs should take the responsibility to keep pollution undercontrol, to provide devices to prevent polluting materials from affecting publichealth.( or any other appropriate answer) 3 marks

14. It is the ratio of borrowed funds to owned funds

It indicates the solvency position of the business. 1+1+1 = 3 marks

15. Creative process is the ability to bring something new into existence.

It involves :

(a) Idea Germination – the seeding stages of a new idea recognition.

(b) Preparation – Conscious search for knowledge rationalization.

(c) Inculcation – Sub-conscious assimilation of information fantasizing.

(d) Illumination - Recognition of an idea as being feasible realization.

(e) Verification – Application or test to prove idea has value validation.

(any four points or any other appropriate answer)

(For definition 2 marks and 1 mark for four involves) 3 marks

16. It is the capital which is invested by the owner.

Supports the enterprise in following ways.

(a) Provides the basis of control over management

(b) Permanent capital

(c) Provides risk capital

(d) No cost involved

(e) No legal formalities

(f) The funds can be used in any desired manner for development purposes.

(Mean - 1 mark, any two pts - 1×2 marks) 1+2 = 3 marks

17. Any three techniques :

(a) Price off

(b) Quantity plus

(c) Coupons

(d) Contest

(e) Buying allowance

(any other appropriate point)

(½ marks for point & ½ for detail for any three points) 1×3 = 3 marks

Page 246: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

235

18. Any four steps/points with proper explanation.(a) Recruitment(b) Training(c) Motivation(d) Providing appropriate organizational climate.(e) Scope for performance(f) Feedback and appraisal(g) Scope for development for the aspirants.(h) Retraining.(If the student has given more than four points without explanation can beconsidered for full marks) 1×4 = 4 marks

19. (a) Physical resources (b) Technical resources(c) Financial resources (d) Human resources(points with proper explanation) 1×4 = 4 marks

20. It is the make up of capitalizationIt is the ratio of debt an equity and free reserves.Factors affecting : (any 3 factors with explanation)(a) Trading on equity (e) Cash flow ability.(b) Cost of capital (f) Size of the enterprise(c) Stability of sales (g) Market condition.(d) Control 1+3 = 4 marks

21. Difference between Preference share and Equity share.

Basis Preference Share Equity Share

(1) Voting rights The holder of these shares Enjoy voting rights.do not enjoy voting rights.

(2) Payment of Have preferential rights as to Get the dividend after thedividends payment of dividend. payment to preference

shareholders.

(3) Repayment of Have the preferential rights as Repayment is madecapital to repayment of preference after making the

share capital repayment topreferenceshare holders

(4) Rate of Fixed May vary from year todividend year.

(5) Convertibility Can be converted into They are not convertibleequity shares

(6) Redemption They are redeemable during Are not redeemable duringthe life time of the company the life time of company.

(one mark for each correct point or any other appropriate answer) 1×4 = 4 marks

Page 247: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

236

22. STAGE-I

(a) Opportunities

(b) Resources

(c) Control mechanism to mobilize resources

(d) Organizational structure.

STAGE-II

(a) Project report

(b) No objection certificate.

(c) Obtaining formal sanction of loan

(d) Constructing of building and installation of machinery.

(e) Detailing manpower

(f) Establishing marketing network

(g) Applying for permanent registration.

(3 marks for each stage with appropriate details) 3+3 = 6 marks

OR

Any six points with examples for each

(a) Brainstorming

(b) Doing market research

(c) Gathering information

(d) Seeking assistance from entrepreneurs

(e) Using hobbies to generate ideas.

(f) Talking and listening to people.

(g) Day dreaming and fantasizing. 1×6 = 6 marks

23. Total cost = FC + VC + Direct cost + overheads

Fixed cost (FC) = is the total cost which remains fixed even at zero production.

Variable cost (VC)= is the cost which varies with output and time

Direct cost (DC)= which can be easily identified and can be linked with the

Production process e.g. power, raw materials, wages.

Overheads = Other expenditure incurred during the production process

e.g. advertising, audit fee, marketing expense etc.

(If specific plan of action has been drawn with examples or figures 2 marks

should be given for it) e.g. 2 marks 1×4 = 4+2 = 6 marks

Page 248: MARKING SCHEME - CBSE1/Markign Scheme Comm-XII-2006.pdf · have been included in this document. Some tips on their usage are given below : (a) To Teachers : ... --- Consult the 'Marking

237

OR

Any 4 points with details

(a) Modernization

(b) Expansion

(c) Diversification

(d) Substitution.

(e) Franchising

(f) Research and development

(g) Human Resource through training. 1½×4 = 6 marks

24. If the child has explained the points asked clearly full marks to be awarded

(any other appropriate answer) 6 marks

ORHuman resources required

(a) Skilled labour

(b) Semi skilled labour

(c) Unskilled labour

Financial profile is the assessment of revenue, cost, profits and losses etc.

(any other appropriate answer) 1×6 = 6 marks